Per-thread commands.
[binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6
7 This file is part of GDB.
8
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
13
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
18
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21
22 #include "defs.h"
23 #include <ctype.h>
24 #include "hashtab.h"
25 #include "symtab.h"
26 #include "frame.h"
27 #include "breakpoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
36 #include "target.h"
37 #include "language.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "demangle.h"
40 #include "annotate.h"
41 #include "symfile.h"
42 #include "objfiles.h"
43 #include "source.h"
44 #include "linespec.h"
45 #include "completer.h"
46 #include "gdb.h"
47 #include "ui-out.h"
48 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
49 #include "gdb_assert.h"
50 #include "block.h"
51 #include "solib.h"
52 #include "solist.h"
53 #include "observer.h"
54 #include "exceptions.h"
55 #include "memattr.h"
56 #include "ada-lang.h"
57 #include "top.h"
58 #include "wrapper.h"
59
60 #include "gdb-events.h"
61 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
62
63 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
64
65 static void until_break_command_continuation (struct continuation_arg *arg,
66 int error);
67
68 static void catch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
69
70 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
71
72 static void enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *);
73
74 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
75
76 static void enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *);
77
78 static void disable_command (char *, int);
79
80 static void enable_command (char *, int);
81
82 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*)(struct breakpoint *));
83
84 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
85
86 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
87
88 static void clear_command (char *, int);
89
90 static void catch_command (char *, int);
91
92 static void watch_command (char *, int);
93
94 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
95
96 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
97
98 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
99
100 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line, enum bptype);
101
102 static void check_duplicates (struct breakpoint *);
103
104 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
105
106 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
107 enum bptype bptype);
108
109 static void describe_other_breakpoints (CORE_ADDR, asection *, int);
110
111 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
112
113 static void breakpoint_1 (int, int);
114
115 static bpstat bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location *, bpstat);
116
117 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
118
119 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
120
121 static void commands_command (char *, int);
122
123 static void condition_command (char *, int);
124
125 static int get_number_trailer (char **, int);
126
127 void set_breakpoint_count (int);
128
129 typedef enum
130 {
131 mark_inserted,
132 mark_uninserted
133 }
134 insertion_state_t;
135
136 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
137
138 static enum print_stop_action print_it_typical (bpstat);
139
140 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
141
142 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
143
144 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
145
146 static void create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *);
147
148 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
149
150 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype, int *);
151
152 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
153
154 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
155
156 static void watch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
157
158 static void rwatch_command (char *, int);
159
160 static void awatch_command (char *, int);
161
162 static void do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp);
163
164 static void create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag,
165 char *cond_string,
166 enum bptype bp_kind);
167
168 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
169
170 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
171
172 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
173
174 static char *ep_find_event_name_end (char *arg);
175
176 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
177
178 static char *ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg);
179
180 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
181 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
182
183 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
184
185 static void ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s);
186
187 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc);
188
189 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
190
191 static struct bp_location *
192 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bptype bp_type);
193
194 static void update_global_location_list (int);
195
196 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
197
198 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt);
199
200 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
201
202 static const char *
203 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
204 {
205 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and represent
206 values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at a breakpoint. */
207 static char *bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
208 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
209 }
210
211 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
212 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
213 if such is available. */
214 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
215
216 static void
217 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
218 struct cmd_list_element *c,
219 const char *value)
220 {
221 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
222 Debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
223 value);
224 }
225
226 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
227 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
228 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
229 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
230 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
231 static void
232 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
233 struct cmd_list_element *c,
234 const char *value)
235 {
236 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
237 Debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
238 value);
239 }
240
241 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
242 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
243 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
244 use hardware breakpoints. */
245 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
246 static void
247 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
248 struct cmd_list_element *c,
249 const char *value)
250 {
251 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
252 Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
253 value);
254 }
255
256 /* If 1, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is stopped,
257 and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If 0, gdb will insert
258 breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and will remove
259 breakpoints upon stop. */
260 static int always_inserted_mode = 0;
261 static void
262 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
263 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
264 {
265 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"), value);
266 }
267
268
269 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
270
271 extern int addressprint; /* Print machine addresses? */
272
273 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
274 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
275
276 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
277 static int overlay_events_enabled;
278
279 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
280 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the current
281 breakpoint. */
282
283 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
284
285 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
286 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
287 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
288 B = TMP)
289
290 /* Similar iterators for the low-level breakpoints. */
291
292 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B) for (B = bp_location_chain; B; B = B->global_next)
293
294 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
295 for (B = bp_location_chain; \
296 B ? (TMP=B->global_next, 1): 0; \
297 B = TMP)
298
299 /* True if breakpoint hit counts should be displayed in breakpoint info. */
300
301 int show_breakpoint_hit_counts = 1;
302
303 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
304
305 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
306
307 struct bp_location *bp_location_chain;
308
309 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint,
310 unlinked from bp_location_chain, but for which a hit
311 may still be reported by a target. */
312 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
313
314 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
315
316 int breakpoint_count;
317
318 /* This function returns a pointer to the string representation of the
319 pathname of the dynamically-linked library that has just been
320 loaded.
321
322 This function must be used only when SOLIB_HAVE_LOAD_EVENT is TRUE,
323 or undefined results are guaranteed.
324
325 This string's contents are only valid immediately after the
326 inferior has stopped in the dynamic linker hook, and becomes
327 invalid as soon as the inferior is continued. Clients should make
328 a copy of this string if they wish to continue the inferior and
329 then access the string. */
330
331 #ifndef SOLIB_LOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME
332 #define SOLIB_LOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME(pid) ""
333 #endif
334
335 /* This function returns a pointer to the string representation of the
336 pathname of the dynamically-linked library that has just been
337 unloaded.
338
339 This function must be used only when SOLIB_HAVE_UNLOAD_EVENT is
340 TRUE, or undefined results are guaranteed.
341
342 This string's contents are only valid immediately after the
343 inferior has stopped in the dynamic linker hook, and becomes
344 invalid as soon as the inferior is continued. Clients should make
345 a copy of this string if they wish to continue the inferior and
346 then access the string. */
347
348 #ifndef SOLIB_UNLOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME
349 #define SOLIB_UNLOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME(pid) ""
350 #endif
351
352 /* This function is called by the "catch load" command. It allows the
353 debugger to be notified by the dynamic linker when a specified
354 library file (or any library file, if filename is NULL) is loaded. */
355
356 #ifndef SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_LOAD_HOOK
357 #define SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_LOAD_HOOK(pid,tempflag,filename,cond_string) \
358 error (_("catch of library loads not yet implemented on this platform"))
359 #endif
360
361 /* This function is called by the "catch unload" command. It allows
362 the debugger to be notified by the dynamic linker when a specified
363 library file (or any library file, if filename is NULL) is
364 unloaded. */
365
366 #ifndef SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_UNLOAD_HOOK
367 #define SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_UNLOAD_HOOK(pid, tempflag, filename, cond_string) \
368 error (_("catch of library unloads not yet implemented on this platform"))
369 #endif
370
371 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
372 static int
373 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
374 {
375 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
376 }
377
378 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
379
380 void
381 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
382 {
383 breakpoint_count = num;
384 set_internalvar (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"),
385 value_from_longest (builtin_type_int, (LONGEST) num));
386 }
387
388 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
389
390 void
391 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
392 {
393 struct breakpoint *b;
394
395 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
396 b->hit_count = 0;
397 }
398
399 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
400 for "break" command with no arg.
401 if default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
402 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
403
404 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
405
406 int default_breakpoint_valid;
407 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address;
408 struct symtab *default_breakpoint_symtab;
409 int default_breakpoint_line;
410 \f
411 /* *PP is a string denoting a breakpoint. Get the number of the breakpoint.
412 Advance *PP after the string and any trailing whitespace.
413
414 Currently the string can either be a number or "$" followed by the name
415 of a convenience variable. Making it an expression wouldn't work well
416 for map_breakpoint_numbers (e.g. "4 + 5 + 6").
417
418 If the string is a NULL pointer, that denotes the last breakpoint.
419
420 TRAILER is a character which can be found after the number; most
421 commonly this is `-'. If you don't want a trailer, use \0. */
422 static int
423 get_number_trailer (char **pp, int trailer)
424 {
425 int retval = 0; /* default */
426 char *p = *pp;
427
428 if (p == NULL)
429 /* Empty line means refer to the last breakpoint. */
430 return breakpoint_count;
431 else if (*p == '$')
432 {
433 /* Make a copy of the name, so we can null-terminate it
434 to pass to lookup_internalvar(). */
435 char *varname;
436 char *start = ++p;
437 struct value *val;
438
439 while (isalnum (*p) || *p == '_')
440 p++;
441 varname = (char *) alloca (p - start + 1);
442 strncpy (varname, start, p - start);
443 varname[p - start] = '\0';
444 val = value_of_internalvar (lookup_internalvar (varname));
445 if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (val)) == TYPE_CODE_INT)
446 retval = (int) value_as_long (val);
447 else
448 {
449 printf_filtered (_("Convenience variable must have integer value.\n"));
450 retval = 0;
451 }
452 }
453 else
454 {
455 if (*p == '-')
456 ++p;
457 while (*p >= '0' && *p <= '9')
458 ++p;
459 if (p == *pp)
460 /* There is no number here. (e.g. "cond a == b"). */
461 {
462 /* Skip non-numeric token */
463 while (*p && !isspace((int) *p))
464 ++p;
465 /* Return zero, which caller must interpret as error. */
466 retval = 0;
467 }
468 else
469 retval = atoi (*pp);
470 }
471 if (!(isspace (*p) || *p == '\0' || *p == trailer))
472 {
473 /* Trailing junk: return 0 and let caller print error msg. */
474 while (!(isspace (*p) || *p == '\0' || *p == trailer))
475 ++p;
476 retval = 0;
477 }
478 while (isspace (*p))
479 p++;
480 *pp = p;
481 return retval;
482 }
483
484
485 /* Like get_number_trailer, but don't allow a trailer. */
486 int
487 get_number (char **pp)
488 {
489 return get_number_trailer (pp, '\0');
490 }
491
492 /* Parse a number or a range.
493 * A number will be of the form handled by get_number.
494 * A range will be of the form <number1> - <number2>, and
495 * will represent all the integers between number1 and number2,
496 * inclusive.
497 *
498 * While processing a range, this fuction is called iteratively;
499 * At each call it will return the next value in the range.
500 *
501 * At the beginning of parsing a range, the char pointer PP will
502 * be advanced past <number1> and left pointing at the '-' token.
503 * Subsequent calls will not advance the pointer until the range
504 * is completed. The call that completes the range will advance
505 * pointer PP past <number2>.
506 */
507
508 int
509 get_number_or_range (char **pp)
510 {
511 static int last_retval, end_value;
512 static char *end_ptr;
513 static int in_range = 0;
514
515 if (**pp != '-')
516 {
517 /* Default case: pp is pointing either to a solo number,
518 or to the first number of a range. */
519 last_retval = get_number_trailer (pp, '-');
520 if (**pp == '-')
521 {
522 char **temp;
523
524 /* This is the start of a range (<number1> - <number2>).
525 Skip the '-', parse and remember the second number,
526 and also remember the end of the final token. */
527
528 temp = &end_ptr;
529 end_ptr = *pp + 1;
530 while (isspace ((int) *end_ptr))
531 end_ptr++; /* skip white space */
532 end_value = get_number (temp);
533 if (end_value < last_retval)
534 {
535 error (_("inverted range"));
536 }
537 else if (end_value == last_retval)
538 {
539 /* degenerate range (number1 == number2). Advance the
540 token pointer so that the range will be treated as a
541 single number. */
542 *pp = end_ptr;
543 }
544 else
545 in_range = 1;
546 }
547 }
548 else if (! in_range)
549 error (_("negative value"));
550 else
551 {
552 /* pp points to the '-' that betokens a range. All
553 number-parsing has already been done. Return the next
554 integer value (one greater than the saved previous value).
555 Do not advance the token pointer 'pp' until the end of range
556 is reached. */
557
558 if (++last_retval == end_value)
559 {
560 /* End of range reached; advance token pointer. */
561 *pp = end_ptr;
562 in_range = 0;
563 }
564 }
565 return last_retval;
566 }
567
568
569 \f
570 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
571
572 static void
573 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
574 {
575 struct breakpoint *b;
576 char *p;
577 int bnum;
578
579 if (arg == 0)
580 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
581
582 p = arg;
583 bnum = get_number (&p);
584 if (bnum == 0)
585 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
586
587 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
588 if (b->number == bnum)
589 {
590 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
591 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
592 {
593 if (loc->cond)
594 {
595 xfree (loc->cond);
596 loc->cond = 0;
597 }
598 }
599 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
600 xfree (b->cond_string);
601
602 if (*p == 0)
603 {
604 b->cond_string = NULL;
605 if (from_tty)
606 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), bnum);
607 }
608 else
609 {
610 arg = p;
611 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
612 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
613 b->cond_string = savestring (arg, strlen (arg));
614 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
615 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
616 {
617 arg = p;
618 loc->cond =
619 parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
620 if (*arg)
621 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
622 }
623 }
624 breakpoints_changed ();
625 breakpoint_modify_event (b->number);
626 return;
627 }
628
629 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
630 }
631
632 static void
633 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
634 {
635 struct breakpoint *b;
636 char *p;
637 int bnum;
638 struct command_line *l;
639
640 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
641 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
642 being read from. */
643
644 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
645 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
646
647 p = arg;
648 bnum = get_number (&p);
649
650 if (p && *p)
651 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
652
653 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
654 if (b->number == bnum)
655 {
656 char *tmpbuf = xstrprintf ("Type commands for when breakpoint %d is hit, one per line.",
657 bnum);
658 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, tmpbuf);
659 l = read_command_lines (tmpbuf, from_tty);
660 do_cleanups (cleanups);
661 free_command_lines (&b->commands);
662 b->commands = l;
663 breakpoints_changed ();
664 breakpoint_modify_event (b->number);
665 return;
666 }
667 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
668 }
669
670 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
671 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
672
673 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
674 that are part of if and while bodies. */
675 enum command_control_type
676 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
677 {
678 struct breakpoint *b;
679 char *p;
680 int bnum;
681
682 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
683 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
684 being read from. */
685
686 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
687 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
688
689 /* An empty string for the breakpoint number means the last
690 breakpoint, but get_number expects a NULL pointer. */
691 if (arg && !*arg)
692 p = NULL;
693 else
694 p = arg;
695 bnum = get_number (&p);
696
697 if (p && *p)
698 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
699
700 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
701 if (b->number == bnum)
702 {
703 free_command_lines (&b->commands);
704 if (cmd->body_count != 1)
705 error (_("Invalid \"commands\" block structure."));
706 /* We need to copy the commands because if/while will free the
707 list after it finishes execution. */
708 b->commands = copy_command_lines (cmd->body_list[0]);
709 breakpoints_changed ();
710 breakpoint_modify_event (b->number);
711 return simple_control;
712 }
713 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
714 }
715 \f
716 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
717 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents. */
718
719 void
720 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte *buf, ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
721 {
722 struct bp_location *b;
723 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
724 int bp_size = 0;
725 int bptoffset = 0;
726
727 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
728 {
729 if (b->owner->type == bp_none)
730 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
731 b->owner->number);
732
733 if (b->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
734 continue;
735 if (!b->inserted)
736 continue;
737 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
738 we need to copy. */
739 bp_addr = b->target_info.placed_address;
740 bp_size = b->target_info.shadow_len;
741 if (bp_size == 0)
742 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
743 continue;
744
745 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
746 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
747 are reading. */
748 continue;
749
750 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
751 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
752 reading. */
753 continue;
754
755 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
756 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
757 {
758 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
759 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
760 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
761 bp_addr = memaddr;
762 }
763
764 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
765 {
766 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
767 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
768 }
769
770 memcpy (buf + bp_addr - memaddr,
771 b->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
772 }
773 }
774 \f
775
776 /* A wrapper function for inserting catchpoints. */
777 static void
778 insert_catchpoint (struct ui_out *uo, void *args)
779 {
780 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) args;
781 int val = -1;
782
783 switch (b->type)
784 {
785 case bp_catch_fork:
786 target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
787 break;
788 case bp_catch_vfork:
789 target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
790 break;
791 case bp_catch_exec:
792 target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
793 break;
794 default:
795 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
796 break;
797 }
798 }
799
800 static int
801 is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
802 {
803 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
804 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
805 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
806 }
807
808 /* Find the current value of a watchpoint on EXP. Return the value in
809 *VALP and *RESULTP and the chain of intermediate and final values
810 in *VAL_CHAIN. RESULTP and VAL_CHAIN may be NULL if the caller does
811 not need them.
812
813 If an error occurs while evaluating the expression, *RESULTP will
814 be set to NULL. *RESULTP may be a lazy value, if the result could
815 not be read from memory. It is used to determine whether a value
816 is user-specified (we should watch the whole value) or intermediate
817 (we should watch only the bit used to locate the final value).
818
819 If the final value, or any intermediate value, could not be read
820 from memory, *VALP will be set to NULL. *VAL_CHAIN will still be
821 set to any referenced values. *VALP will never be a lazy value.
822 This is the value which we store in struct breakpoint.
823
824 If VAL_CHAIN is non-NULL, *VAL_CHAIN will be released from the
825 value chain. The caller must free the values individually. If
826 VAL_CHAIN is NULL, all generated values will be left on the value
827 chain. */
828
829 static void
830 fetch_watchpoint_value (struct expression *exp, struct value **valp,
831 struct value **resultp, struct value **val_chain)
832 {
833 struct value *mark, *new_mark, *result;
834
835 *valp = NULL;
836 if (resultp)
837 *resultp = NULL;
838 if (val_chain)
839 *val_chain = NULL;
840
841 /* Evaluate the expression. */
842 mark = value_mark ();
843 result = NULL;
844 gdb_evaluate_expression (exp, &result);
845 new_mark = value_mark ();
846 if (mark == new_mark)
847 return;
848 if (resultp)
849 *resultp = result;
850
851 /* Make sure it's not lazy, so that after the target stops again we
852 have a non-lazy previous value to compare with. */
853 if (result != NULL
854 && (!value_lazy (result) || gdb_value_fetch_lazy (result)))
855 *valp = result;
856
857 if (val_chain)
858 {
859 /* Return the chain of intermediate values. We use this to
860 decide which addresses to watch. */
861 *val_chain = new_mark;
862 value_release_to_mark (mark);
863 }
864 }
865
866 /* Assuming that B is a hardware watchpoint:
867 - Reparse watchpoint expression, is REPARSE is non-zero
868 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
869 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
870
871 If the watchpoint is disabled, do nothing. If this is
872 local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete it. */
873 static void
874 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, int reparse)
875 {
876 int within_current_scope;
877 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
878 struct bp_location *loc;
879 bpstat bs;
880
881 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in
882 bp_location_chain and update_global_locations will
883 eventually delete them and remove breakpoints if
884 needed. */
885 b->loc = NULL;
886
887 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
888 return;
889
890 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
891 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
892 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
893 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
894 selected frame. */
895 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
896
897 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
898 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
899 within_current_scope = 1;
900 else
901 {
902 struct frame_info *fi;
903 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
904 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
905 if (within_current_scope)
906 select_frame (fi);
907 }
908
909 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
910 {
911 char *s;
912 if (b->exp)
913 {
914 xfree (b->exp);
915 b->exp = NULL;
916 }
917 s = b->exp_string;
918 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
919 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
920 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
921 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
922 be completely different objects. */
923 value_free (b->val);
924 b->val = NULL;
925 b->val_valid = 0;
926 }
927
928 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
929 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
930 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
931 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
932 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
933 if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
934 {
935 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
936
937 fetch_watchpoint_value (b->exp, &v, &result, &val_chain);
938
939 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
940 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
941 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
942 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly. */
943 if (!b->val_valid)
944 {
945 b->val = v;
946 b->val_valid = 1;
947 }
948
949 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
950 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
951 {
952 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
953 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
954 must watch it. If the first value returned is
955 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
956 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
957 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
958 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
959 {
960 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
961
962 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
963 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
964 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
965 if (v == result
966 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
967 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
968 {
969 CORE_ADDR addr;
970 int len, type;
971 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
972
973 addr = VALUE_ADDRESS (v) + value_offset (v);
974 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
975 type = hw_write;
976 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
977 type = hw_read;
978 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
979 type = hw_access;
980
981 loc = allocate_bp_location (b, bp_hardware_watchpoint);
982 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
983 ;
984 *tmp = loc;
985 loc->address = addr;
986 loc->length = len;
987 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
988 }
989 }
990
991 next = value_next (v);
992 if (v != b->val)
993 value_free (v);
994 }
995
996 /* We just regenerated the list of breakpoint locations.
997 The new location does not have its condition field set to anything
998 and therefore, we must always reparse the cond_string, independently
999 of the value of the reparse flag. */
1000 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
1001 {
1002 char *s = b->cond_string;
1003 b->loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1004 }
1005 }
1006 else if (!within_current_scope)
1007 {
1008 printf_filtered (_("\
1009 Hardware watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block \n\
1010 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1011 b->number);
1012 if (b->related_breakpoint)
1013 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1014 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1015 }
1016
1017 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1018 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1019 }
1020
1021
1022 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1023 inserted in the inferior. */
1024 static int
1025 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bpt)
1026 {
1027 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner))
1028 return 0;
1029
1030 if (bpt->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1031 return 0;
1032
1033 if (!bpt->enabled || bpt->shlib_disabled || bpt->duplicate)
1034 return 0;
1035
1036 return 1;
1037 }
1038
1039 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BPT is the breakpoint.
1040 Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and DISABLED_BREAKS,
1041 PROCESS_WARNING, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1042
1043 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an object-style
1044 method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1045 static int
1046 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bpt,
1047 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
1048 int *disabled_breaks, int *process_warning,
1049 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
1050 {
1051 int val = 0;
1052
1053 if (!should_be_inserted (bpt) || bpt->inserted)
1054 return 0;
1055
1056 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1057 memset (&bpt->target_info, 0, sizeof (bpt->target_info));
1058 bpt->target_info.placed_address = bpt->address;
1059
1060 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1061 || bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1062 {
1063 if (bpt->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
1064 {
1065 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1066 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1067 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1068 Two important cases are:
1069 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1070 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1071 hardware breakpoint.
1072 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write.
1073 This means we've previously made the location hardware one, but
1074 then the memory map changed, so we undo.
1075
1076 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will
1077 use location types we've just set here, the only possible
1078 problem is that memory map has changed during running program,
1079 but it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
1080 struct mem_region *mr
1081 = lookup_mem_region (bpt->target_info.placed_address);
1082
1083 if (mr)
1084 {
1085 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
1086 {
1087 int changed = 0;
1088 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
1089
1090 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1091 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
1092 else
1093 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
1094
1095 if (new_type != bpt->loc_type)
1096 {
1097 static int said = 0;
1098 bpt->loc_type = new_type;
1099 if (!said)
1100 {
1101 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout, _("\
1102 Note: automatically using hardware breakpoints for read-only addresses.\n"));
1103 said = 1;
1104 }
1105 }
1106 }
1107 else if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1108 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1109 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint at readonly address %s"),
1110 paddr (bpt->address));
1111 }
1112 }
1113
1114 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1115 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1116 || bpt->section == NULL
1117 || !(section_is_overlay (bpt->section)))
1118 {
1119 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1120
1121 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1122 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1123 else
1124 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1125 }
1126 else
1127 {
1128 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1129 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1130 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1131 {
1132 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1133 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1134 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1135 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1136 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1137 bpt->owner->number);
1138 else
1139 {
1140 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bpt->address,
1141 bpt->section);
1142 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1143 bpt->overlay_target_info = bpt->target_info;
1144 bpt->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
1145 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->overlay_target_info);
1146 if (val != 0)
1147 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1148 "Overlay breakpoint %d failed: in ROM?",
1149 bpt->owner->number);
1150 }
1151 }
1152 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1153 if (section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1154 {
1155 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1156 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1157 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1158 else
1159 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1160 }
1161 else
1162 {
1163 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1164 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1165 return 0;
1166 }
1167 }
1168
1169 if (val)
1170 {
1171 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1172 if (solib_address (bpt->address))
1173 {
1174 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1175 val = 0;
1176 bpt->shlib_disabled = 1;
1177 if (!*disabled_breaks)
1178 {
1179 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1180 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1181 bpt->owner->number);
1182 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1183 "Temporarily disabling shared library breakpoints:\n");
1184 }
1185 *disabled_breaks = 1;
1186 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1187 "breakpoint #%d\n", bpt->owner->number);
1188 }
1189 else
1190 {
1191 #ifdef ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
1192 *process_warning = 1;
1193 #endif
1194 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1195 {
1196 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1197 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1198 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d.\n",
1199 bpt->owner->number);
1200 }
1201 else
1202 {
1203 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1204 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1205 bpt->owner->number);
1206 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1207 "Error accessing memory address ");
1208 fputs_filtered (paddress (bpt->address), tmp_error_stream);
1209 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1210 safe_strerror (val));
1211 }
1212
1213 }
1214 }
1215 else
1216 bpt->inserted = 1;
1217
1218 return val;
1219 }
1220
1221 else if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1222 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1223 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1224 && bpt->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
1225 {
1226 val = target_insert_watchpoint (bpt->address,
1227 bpt->length,
1228 bpt->watchpoint_type);
1229 bpt->inserted = (val != -1);
1230 }
1231
1232 else if (bpt->owner->type == bp_catch_fork
1233 || bpt->owner->type == bp_catch_vfork
1234 || bpt->owner->type == bp_catch_exec)
1235 {
1236 struct gdb_exception e = catch_exception (uiout, insert_catchpoint,
1237 bpt->owner, RETURN_MASK_ERROR);
1238 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, "warning: inserting catchpoint %d: ",
1239 bpt->owner->number);
1240 if (e.reason < 0)
1241 bpt->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1242 else
1243 bpt->inserted = 1;
1244
1245 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1246 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1247 so just return success. */
1248 return 0;
1249 }
1250
1251 return 0;
1252 }
1253
1254 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1255 Throws exception on any error.
1256 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1257 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1258 void
1259 insert_breakpoints (void)
1260 {
1261 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1262
1263 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1264 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1265 update_watchpoint (bpt, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1266
1267 update_global_location_list (1);
1268
1269 if (!always_inserted_mode && target_has_execution)
1270 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints
1271 when always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly
1272 insert them now. */
1273 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1274 }
1275
1276 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1277 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1278 Both return zero if successful,
1279 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1280
1281 static void
1282 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1283 {
1284 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1285 struct bp_location *b, *temp;
1286 int error = 0;
1287 int val = 0;
1288 int disabled_breaks = 0;
1289 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
1290 int process_warning = 0;
1291
1292 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1293 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1294
1295 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1296 there was an error. */
1297 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
1298
1299 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_SAFE (b, temp)
1300 {
1301 if (!should_be_inserted (b) || b->inserted)
1302 continue;
1303
1304 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if the
1305 thread no longer exists. */
1306 if (b->owner->thread != -1
1307 && !valid_thread_id (b->owner->thread))
1308 continue;
1309
1310 val = insert_bp_location (b, tmp_error_stream,
1311 &disabled_breaks, &process_warning,
1312 &hw_breakpoint_error);
1313 if (val)
1314 error = val;
1315 }
1316
1317 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint,
1318 remove them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1319 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1320 {
1321 int some_failed = 0;
1322 struct bp_location *loc;
1323
1324 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1325 continue;
1326
1327 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_enabled)
1328 continue;
1329
1330 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1331 continue;
1332
1333 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1334 if (!loc->inserted)
1335 {
1336 some_failed = 1;
1337 break;
1338 }
1339 if (some_failed)
1340 {
1341 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1342 if (loc->inserted)
1343 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
1344
1345 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1346 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1347 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1348 bpt->number);
1349 error = -1;
1350 }
1351 }
1352
1353 if (error)
1354 {
1355 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1356 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1357 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
1358 {
1359 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1360 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1361 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1362 }
1363 #ifdef ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
1364 if (process_warning)
1365 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1366 "The same program may be running in another process.");
1367 #endif
1368 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1369 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
1370 }
1371 }
1372
1373 int
1374 remove_breakpoints (void)
1375 {
1376 struct bp_location *b;
1377 int val;
1378
1379 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1380 {
1381 if (b->inserted)
1382 {
1383 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted);
1384 if (val != 0)
1385 return val;
1386 }
1387 }
1388 return 0;
1389 }
1390
1391 int
1392 remove_hw_watchpoints (void)
1393 {
1394 struct bp_location *b;
1395 int val;
1396
1397 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1398 {
1399 if (b->inserted && b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
1400 {
1401 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted);
1402 if (val != 0)
1403 return val;
1404 }
1405 }
1406 return 0;
1407 }
1408
1409 int
1410 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
1411 {
1412 struct bp_location *b;
1413 int val;
1414 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
1415 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1416 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
1417
1418 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1419
1420 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
1421 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1422 {
1423 if (b->inserted)
1424 {
1425 b->inserted = 0;
1426 val = insert_bp_location (b, tmp_error_stream,
1427 &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
1428 if (val != 0)
1429 {
1430 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1431 return val;
1432 }
1433 }
1434 }
1435 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1436 return 0;
1437 }
1438
1439 void
1440 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
1441 {
1442 struct breakpoint *b;
1443 struct breakpoint *temp;
1444 struct bp_location *bploc;
1445
1446 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
1447 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
1448 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
1449 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
1450 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
1451 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
1452 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
1453 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
1454 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc)
1455 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
1456
1457 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
1458 {
1459 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1460 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
1461 {
1462 delete_breakpoint (b);
1463 continue;
1464 }
1465
1466 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
1467 as must overlay event breakpoints. */
1468 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event)
1469 {
1470 delete_breakpoint (b);
1471 continue;
1472 }
1473
1474 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
1475 if (b->type == bp_step_resume)
1476 {
1477 delete_breakpoint (b);
1478 continue;
1479 }
1480
1481 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
1482 after an exec. */
1483 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume)
1484 {
1485 delete_breakpoint (b);
1486 continue;
1487 }
1488
1489 /* Don't delete an exec catchpoint, because else the inferior
1490 won't stop when it ought!
1491
1492 Similarly, we probably ought to keep vfork catchpoints, 'cause
1493 on this target, we may not be able to stop when the vfork is
1494 seen, but only when the subsequent exec is seen. (And because
1495 deleting fork catchpoints here but not vfork catchpoints will
1496 seem mysterious to users, keep those too.) */
1497 if ((b->type == bp_catch_exec) ||
1498 (b->type == bp_catch_vfork) ||
1499 (b->type == bp_catch_fork))
1500 {
1501 continue;
1502 }
1503
1504 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
1505 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
1506 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
1507 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
1508 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
1509 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
1510
1511 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
1512 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
1513 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
1514 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
1515 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
1516 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
1517 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
1518
1519 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
1520 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
1521 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
1522 let finish_command delete it.
1523
1524 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
1525 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
1526 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
1527 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
1528 solib breakpoints.) */
1529
1530 if (b->type == bp_finish)
1531 {
1532 continue;
1533 }
1534
1535 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
1536 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
1537 a.out. */
1538 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
1539 {
1540 delete_breakpoint (b);
1541 continue;
1542 }
1543 }
1544 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
1545 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
1546 }
1547
1548 int
1549 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
1550 {
1551 struct bp_location *b;
1552 int val;
1553 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
1554
1555 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
1556 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
1557
1558 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint uses this global. */
1559 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
1560 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1561 {
1562 if (b->inserted)
1563 {
1564 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_inserted);
1565 if (val != 0)
1566 {
1567 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1568 return val;
1569 }
1570 }
1571 }
1572 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1573 return 0;
1574 }
1575
1576 static int
1577 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *b, insertion_state_t is)
1578 {
1579 int val;
1580
1581 if (b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1582 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
1583 return 0;
1584
1585 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
1586 This should not ever happen. */
1587 gdb_assert (b->owner->type != bp_none);
1588
1589 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1590 || b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1591 {
1592 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
1593 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
1594 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
1595
1596 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1597 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1598 || b->section == NULL
1599 || !(section_is_overlay (b->section)))
1600 {
1601 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
1602
1603 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1604 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1605 else
1606 val = target_remove_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1607 }
1608 else
1609 {
1610 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1611 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1612 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1613 {
1614 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
1615 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
1616 */
1617 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
1618 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
1619 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1620 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->overlay_target_info);
1621 else
1622 target_remove_breakpoint (&b->overlay_target_info);
1623 }
1624 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
1625 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
1626 if (b->inserted)
1627 {
1628 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
1629 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
1630 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
1631 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
1632 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1633 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1634
1635 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
1636 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
1637 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
1638 else if (section_is_mapped (b->section))
1639 val = target_remove_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1640 else
1641 val = 0;
1642 }
1643 else
1644 {
1645 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
1646 val = 0;
1647 }
1648 }
1649 if (val)
1650 return val;
1651 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1652 }
1653 else if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
1654 {
1655 struct value *v;
1656 struct value *n;
1657
1658 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1659 val = target_remove_watchpoint (b->address, b->length,
1660 b->watchpoint_type);
1661
1662 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
1663 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (b->inserted))
1664 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
1665 b->owner->number);
1666 }
1667 else if ((b->owner->type == bp_catch_fork ||
1668 b->owner->type == bp_catch_vfork ||
1669 b->owner->type == bp_catch_exec)
1670 && breakpoint_enabled (b->owner)
1671 && !b->duplicate)
1672 {
1673 val = -1;
1674 switch (b->owner->type)
1675 {
1676 case bp_catch_fork:
1677 val = target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
1678 break;
1679 case bp_catch_vfork:
1680 val = target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
1681 break;
1682 case bp_catch_exec:
1683 val = target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
1684 break;
1685 default:
1686 warning (_("Internal error, %s line %d."), __FILE__, __LINE__);
1687 break;
1688 }
1689 if (val)
1690 return val;
1691 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1692 }
1693
1694 return 0;
1695 }
1696
1697 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
1698
1699 void
1700 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
1701 {
1702 struct bp_location *bpt;
1703
1704 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1705 bpt->inserted = 0;
1706 }
1707
1708 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
1709 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
1710
1711 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
1712 between runs.
1713
1714 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
1715 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
1716 init_wait_for_inferior). */
1717
1718
1719
1720 void
1721 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
1722 {
1723 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
1724 struct bp_location *bpt;
1725
1726 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1727 bpt->inserted = 0;
1728
1729 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
1730 {
1731 switch (b->type)
1732 {
1733 case bp_call_dummy:
1734 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
1735
1736 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
1737 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better
1738 get rid of it.
1739
1740 Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
1741 delete_breakpoint (b);
1742 break;
1743
1744 case bp_watchpoint:
1745 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
1746 case bp_read_watchpoint:
1747 case bp_access_watchpoint:
1748
1749 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
1750 if (b->exp_valid_block != NULL)
1751 delete_breakpoint (b);
1752 else if (context == inf_starting)
1753 {
1754 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value
1755 in insert_breakpoints. */
1756 if (b->val)
1757 value_free (b->val);
1758 b->val = NULL;
1759 b->val_valid = 0;
1760 }
1761 break;
1762 default:
1763 break;
1764 }
1765 }
1766 }
1767
1768 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
1769 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
1770 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
1771 permanent breakpoint.
1772 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
1773 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
1774 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
1775 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
1776 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
1777
1778 enum breakpoint_here
1779 breakpoint_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1780 {
1781 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1782 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
1783
1784 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1785 {
1786 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1787 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1788 continue;
1789
1790 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
1791 || bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1792 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is enabled and matches pc */
1793 {
1794 if (overlay_debugging
1795 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1796 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1797 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1798 else if (bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1799 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
1800 else
1801 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
1802 }
1803 }
1804
1805 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
1806 }
1807
1808
1809 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
1810 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain/bp_location_chain mechanism.
1811 This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which are
1812 inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
1813
1814 int
1815 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1816 {
1817 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1818
1819 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1820 {
1821 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1822 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1823 continue;
1824
1825 if (bpt->inserted
1826 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is inserted and matches pc */
1827 {
1828 if (overlay_debugging
1829 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1830 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1831 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1832 else
1833 return 1;
1834 }
1835 }
1836 return 0;
1837 }
1838
1839 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
1840 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
1841
1842 int
1843 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1844 {
1845 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1846 return 1;
1847
1848 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1849 return 1;
1850
1851 return 0;
1852 }
1853
1854 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
1855 inserted at PC. */
1856
1857 int
1858 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1859 {
1860 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1861 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
1862
1863 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1864 {
1865 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1866 continue;
1867
1868 if (bpt->inserted
1869 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is enabled and matches pc */
1870 {
1871 if (overlay_debugging
1872 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1873 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1874 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1875 else
1876 return 1;
1877 }
1878 }
1879
1880 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
1881 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1882 return 1;
1883
1884 return 0;
1885 }
1886
1887 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
1888 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
1889
1890 int
1891 breakpoint_thread_match (CORE_ADDR pc, ptid_t ptid)
1892 {
1893 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1894 int thread;
1895
1896 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
1897
1898 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1899 {
1900 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1901 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1902 continue;
1903
1904 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
1905 || bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1906 && bpt->address == pc
1907 && (bpt->owner->thread == -1 || bpt->owner->thread == thread))
1908 {
1909 if (overlay_debugging
1910 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1911 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1912 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1913 else
1914 return 1;
1915 }
1916 }
1917
1918 return 0;
1919 }
1920 \f
1921
1922 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
1923 in breakpoint.h. */
1924
1925 int
1926 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
1927 {
1928 return
1929 (ep->type == bp_catch_load)
1930 || (ep->type == bp_catch_unload)
1931 || (ep->type == bp_catch_fork)
1932 || (ep->type == bp_catch_vfork)
1933 || (ep->type == bp_catch_exec);
1934
1935 /* ??rehrauer: Add more kinds here, as are implemented... */
1936 }
1937
1938 int
1939 ep_is_shlib_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
1940 {
1941 return
1942 (ep->type == bp_catch_load)
1943 || (ep->type == bp_catch_unload);
1944 }
1945
1946 void
1947 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
1948 {
1949 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
1950 value_free (bs->old_val);
1951 free_command_lines (&bs->commands);
1952 xfree (bs);
1953 }
1954
1955 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
1956 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
1957
1958 void
1959 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
1960 {
1961 bpstat p;
1962 bpstat q;
1963
1964 if (bsp == 0)
1965 return;
1966 p = *bsp;
1967 while (p != NULL)
1968 {
1969 q = p->next;
1970 bpstat_free (p);
1971 p = q;
1972 }
1973 *bsp = NULL;
1974 }
1975
1976 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
1977 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
1978
1979 bpstat
1980 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
1981 {
1982 bpstat p = NULL;
1983 bpstat tmp;
1984 bpstat retval = NULL;
1985
1986 if (bs == NULL)
1987 return bs;
1988
1989 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
1990 {
1991 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
1992 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
1993 if (bs->commands != NULL)
1994 tmp->commands = copy_command_lines (bs->commands);
1995 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
1996 {
1997 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
1998 release_value (tmp->old_val);
1999 }
2000
2001 if (p == NULL)
2002 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
2003 retval = tmp;
2004 else
2005 p->next = tmp;
2006 p = tmp;
2007 }
2008 p->next = NULL;
2009 return retval;
2010 }
2011
2012 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint */
2013
2014 bpstat
2015 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
2016 {
2017 if (bsp == NULL)
2018 return NULL;
2019
2020 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
2021 {
2022 if (bsp->breakpoint_at && bsp->breakpoint_at->owner == breakpoint)
2023 return bsp;
2024 }
2025 return NULL;
2026 }
2027
2028 /* Find a step_resume breakpoint associated with this bpstat.
2029 (If there are multiple step_resume bp's on the list, this function
2030 will arbitrarily pick one.)
2031
2032 It is an error to use this function if BPSTAT doesn't contain a
2033 step_resume breakpoint.
2034
2035 See wait_for_inferior's use of this function. */
2036 struct breakpoint *
2037 bpstat_find_step_resume_breakpoint (bpstat bsp)
2038 {
2039 int current_thread;
2040
2041 gdb_assert (bsp != NULL);
2042
2043 current_thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
2044
2045 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
2046 {
2047 if ((bsp->breakpoint_at != NULL) &&
2048 (bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_step_resume) &&
2049 (bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->thread == current_thread ||
2050 bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->thread == -1))
2051 return bsp->breakpoint_at->owner;
2052 }
2053
2054 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("No step_resume breakpoint found."));
2055 }
2056
2057
2058 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are stopped
2059 at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the remaining
2060 breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be good for
2061 anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
2062 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
2063 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
2064 we set it.
2065 Return 1 otherwise. */
2066
2067 int
2068 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
2069 {
2070 struct breakpoint *b;
2071
2072 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
2073 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
2074
2075 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that
2076 correspond to a single breakpoint -- otherwise,
2077 this function might return the same number more
2078 than once and this will look ugly. */
2079 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at ? (*bsp)->breakpoint_at->owner : NULL;
2080 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
2081 if (b == NULL)
2082 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
2083
2084 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
2085 return 1;
2086 }
2087
2088 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
2089
2090 void
2091 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs)
2092 {
2093 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2094 {
2095 free_command_lines (&bs->commands);
2096 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2097 {
2098 value_free (bs->old_val);
2099 bs->old_val = NULL;
2100 }
2101 }
2102 }
2103
2104 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint command */
2105 static void
2106 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
2107 {
2108 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
2109 }
2110
2111 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at this
2112 location. Any of these commands could cause the process to proceed
2113 beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by checking
2114 the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command. */
2115
2116 void
2117 bpstat_do_actions (bpstat *bsp)
2118 {
2119 bpstat bs;
2120 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2121
2122 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
2123 in bs->commands. */
2124 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
2125 return;
2126
2127 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
2128 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
2129
2130 top:
2131 /* Note that (as of this writing), our callers all appear to
2132 be passing us the address of global stop_bpstat. And, if
2133 our calls to execute_control_command cause the inferior to
2134 proceed, that global (and hence, *bsp) will change.
2135
2136 We must be careful to not touch *bsp unless the inferior
2137 has not proceeded. */
2138
2139 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
2140 bs = *bsp;
2141
2142 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
2143 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2144 {
2145 struct command_line *cmd;
2146 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
2147
2148 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
2149
2150 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
2151 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
2152 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
2153 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
2154 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
2155 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
2156 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
2157 the tree when we're done. */
2158 cmd = bs->commands;
2159 bs->commands = 0;
2160 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_free_command_lines (&cmd);
2161
2162 while (cmd != NULL)
2163 {
2164 execute_control_command (cmd);
2165
2166 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
2167 break;
2168 else
2169 cmd = cmd->next;
2170 }
2171
2172 /* We can free this command tree now. */
2173 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
2174
2175 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
2176 {
2177 if (target_can_async_p ())
2178 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might
2179 be still running, not stopped at any breakpoint,
2180 so nothing for us to do here -- just return to
2181 the event loop. */
2182 break;
2183 else
2184 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
2185 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
2186 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run,
2187 since execute_command does not run breakpoint
2188 commands -- only command_line_handler does, but
2189 that one is not involved in execution of breakpoint
2190 commands. So, we can now execute breakpoint commands.
2191 There's an implicit assumption that we're called with
2192 stop_bpstat, so our parameter is the new bpstat to
2193 handle.
2194 It should be noted that making execute_command do
2195 bpstat actions is not an option -- in this case we'll
2196 have recursive invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint
2197 with a command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. */
2198 goto top;
2199 }
2200 }
2201 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2202 }
2203
2204 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
2205
2206 static void
2207 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
2208 {
2209 if (val == NULL)
2210 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
2211 else
2212 value_print (val, stream, 0, Val_pretty_default);
2213 }
2214
2215 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
2216 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
2217 by having it set different print_it values.
2218
2219 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
2220 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
2221 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
2222 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
2223 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
2224
2225 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
2226 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
2227 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
2228 don't print anything else.
2229 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
2230 that something to be followed by a location.
2231 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
2232 that something to be followed by a location.
2233 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
2234 analysis. */
2235
2236 static enum print_stop_action
2237 print_it_typical (bpstat bs)
2238 {
2239 struct cleanup *old_chain, *ui_out_chain;
2240 struct breakpoint *b;
2241 const struct bp_location *bl;
2242 struct ui_stream *stb;
2243 int bp_temp = 0;
2244 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
2245 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
2246 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
2247 which has since been deleted. */
2248 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
2249 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2250 bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2251 b = bl->owner;
2252
2253 switch (b->type)
2254 {
2255 case bp_breakpoint:
2256 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
2257 bp_temp = bs->breakpoint_at->owner->disposition == disp_del;
2258 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
2259 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
2260 bl->address,
2261 b->number, 1);
2262 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
2263 if (bp_temp)
2264 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
2265 else
2266 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
2267 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2268 {
2269 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
2270 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
2271 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
2272 }
2273 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
2274 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
2275 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2276 break;
2277
2278 case bp_shlib_event:
2279 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
2280 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
2281 to shlib event" message.) */
2282 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
2283 return PRINT_NOTHING;
2284 break;
2285
2286 case bp_thread_event:
2287 /* Not sure how we will get here.
2288 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
2289 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2290 return PRINT_NOTHING;
2291 break;
2292
2293 case bp_overlay_event:
2294 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
2295 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2296 return PRINT_NOTHING;
2297 break;
2298
2299 case bp_catch_load:
2300 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2301 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (loaded %s), "),
2302 b->number,
2303 b->triggered_dll_pathname);
2304 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2305 break;
2306
2307 case bp_catch_unload:
2308 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2309 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (unloaded %s), "),
2310 b->number,
2311 b->triggered_dll_pathname);
2312 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2313 break;
2314
2315 case bp_catch_fork:
2316 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2317 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
2318 b->number,
2319 ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
2320 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2321 break;
2322
2323 case bp_catch_vfork:
2324 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2325 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
2326 b->number,
2327 ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
2328 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2329 break;
2330
2331 case bp_catch_exec:
2332 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2333 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "),
2334 b->number,
2335 b->exec_pathname);
2336 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2337 break;
2338
2339 case bp_watchpoint:
2340 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
2341 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
2342 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2343 ui_out_field_string
2344 (uiout, "reason",
2345 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2346 mention (b);
2347 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2348 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
2349 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
2350 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
2351 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
2352 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
2353 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
2354 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
2355 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2356 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
2357 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2358 break;
2359
2360 case bp_read_watchpoint:
2361 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2362 ui_out_field_string
2363 (uiout, "reason",
2364 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2365 mention (b);
2366 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2367 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
2368 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
2369 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
2370 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
2371 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2372 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2373 break;
2374
2375 case bp_access_watchpoint:
2376 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2377 {
2378 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
2379 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2380 ui_out_field_string
2381 (uiout, "reason",
2382 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2383 mention (b);
2384 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2385 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
2386 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
2387 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
2388 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
2389 }
2390 else
2391 {
2392 mention (b);
2393 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2394 ui_out_field_string
2395 (uiout, "reason",
2396 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2397 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2398 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
2399 }
2400 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
2401 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
2402 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
2403 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2404 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2405 break;
2406
2407 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
2408 here. */
2409
2410 case bp_finish:
2411 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2412 ui_out_field_string
2413 (uiout, "reason",
2414 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
2415 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2416 break;
2417
2418 case bp_until:
2419 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2420 ui_out_field_string
2421 (uiout, "reason",
2422 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
2423 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2424 break;
2425
2426 case bp_none:
2427 case bp_longjmp:
2428 case bp_longjmp_resume:
2429 case bp_step_resume:
2430 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
2431 case bp_call_dummy:
2432 default:
2433 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2434 }
2435 }
2436
2437 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
2438 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
2439 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
2440 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
2441 normal_stop(). */
2442
2443 static enum print_stop_action
2444 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
2445 {
2446 switch (bs->print_it)
2447 {
2448 case print_it_noop:
2449 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
2450 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2451 break;
2452
2453 case print_it_done:
2454 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
2455 relevant messages. */
2456 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2457 break;
2458
2459 case print_it_normal:
2460 {
2461 const struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2462 struct breakpoint *b = bl ? bl->owner : NULL;
2463
2464 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
2465 print_it_typical. */
2466 /* FIXME: how breakpoint can ever be NULL here? */
2467 if (b != NULL && b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_it != NULL)
2468 return b->ops->print_it (b);
2469 else
2470 return print_it_typical (bs);
2471 }
2472 break;
2473
2474 default:
2475 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
2476 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
2477 break;
2478 }
2479 }
2480
2481 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
2482 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
2483 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
2484 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
2485 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
2486 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
2487 routine is one of:
2488
2489 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing
2490 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
2491 code to print the location. An example is
2492 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
2493 the location.
2494 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
2495 to also print the location part of the message.
2496 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
2497 don't require a location appended to the end.
2498 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
2499 further info to be printed.*/
2500
2501 enum print_stop_action
2502 bpstat_print (bpstat bs)
2503 {
2504 int val;
2505
2506 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
2507 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
2508 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
2509 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
2510 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
2511 {
2512 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
2513 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
2514 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
2515 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
2516 return val;
2517 }
2518
2519 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
2520 with and nothing was printed. */
2521 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2522 }
2523
2524 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
2525 This is used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
2526 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to char * to
2527 make it pass through catch_errors. */
2528
2529 static int
2530 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
2531 {
2532 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
2533 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
2534 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2535 return i;
2536 }
2537
2538 /* Allocate a new bpstat and chain it to the current one. */
2539
2540 static bpstat
2541 bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location *bl, bpstat cbs /* Current "bs" value */ )
2542 {
2543 bpstat bs;
2544
2545 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
2546 cbs->next = bs;
2547 bs->breakpoint_at = bl;
2548 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
2549 bs->commands = NULL;
2550 bs->old_val = NULL;
2551 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
2552 return bs;
2553 }
2554 \f
2555 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
2556 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
2557
2558 int
2559 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
2560 {
2561 int stopped_by_watchpoint = STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (*ws);
2562 CORE_ADDR addr;
2563 struct breakpoint *b;
2564
2565 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
2566 {
2567 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
2568 as not triggered. */
2569 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
2570 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2571 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2572 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2573 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
2574
2575 return 0;
2576 }
2577
2578 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
2579 {
2580 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
2581 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
2582 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
2583 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2584 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2585 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2586 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
2587
2588 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
2589 }
2590
2591 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
2592 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
2593 triggered. */
2594
2595 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
2596 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2597 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2598 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2599 {
2600 struct bp_location *loc;
2601 struct value *v;
2602
2603 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
2604 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2605 /* Exact match not required. Within range is
2606 sufficient. */
2607 if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
2608 addr, loc->address,
2609 loc->length))
2610 {
2611 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
2612 break;
2613 }
2614 }
2615
2616 return 1;
2617 }
2618
2619 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
2620 because of check_errors). */
2621 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
2622 #define WP_DELETED 1
2623 /* The value has changed. */
2624 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
2625 /* The value has not changed. */
2626 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
2627
2628 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
2629 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
2630
2631 /* Check watchpoint condition. */
2632
2633 static int
2634 watchpoint_check (void *p)
2635 {
2636 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
2637 struct breakpoint *b;
2638 struct frame_info *fr;
2639 int within_current_scope;
2640
2641 b = bs->breakpoint_at->owner;
2642
2643 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
2644 within_current_scope = 1;
2645 else
2646 {
2647 /* There is no current frame at this moment. If we're going to have
2648 any chance of handling watchpoints on local variables, we'll need
2649 the frame chain (so we can determine if we're in scope). */
2650 reinit_frame_cache ();
2651 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
2652 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
2653
2654 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
2655 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
2656 if (within_current_scope
2657 && block_function (b->exp_valid_block) != get_frame_function (fr))
2658 within_current_scope = 0;
2659
2660 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're still
2661 in the function but the stack frame has already been invalidated.
2662 Since we can't rely on the values of local variables after the
2663 stack has been destroyed, we are treating the watchpoint in that
2664 state as `not changed' without further checking.
2665
2666 vinschen/2003-09-04: The former implementation left out the case
2667 that the watchpoint frame couldn't be found by frame_find_by_id()
2668 because the current PC is currently in an epilogue. Calling
2669 gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p() also when fr == NULL fixes that. */
2670 if ((!within_current_scope || fr == get_current_frame ())
2671 && gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (current_gdbarch, read_pc ()))
2672 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
2673 if (fr && within_current_scope)
2674 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
2675 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
2676 the user. */
2677 select_frame (fr);
2678 }
2679
2680 if (within_current_scope)
2681 {
2682 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a
2683 *long* time before we return to the command level and
2684 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because
2685 we might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
2686
2687 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
2688 struct value *new_val;
2689
2690 fetch_watchpoint_value (b->exp, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
2691 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
2692 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal (b->val, new_val)))
2693 {
2694 if (new_val != NULL)
2695 {
2696 release_value (new_val);
2697 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2698 }
2699 bs->old_val = b->val;
2700 b->val = new_val;
2701 b->val_valid = 1;
2702 /* We will stop here */
2703 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
2704 }
2705 else
2706 {
2707 /* Nothing changed, don't do anything. */
2708 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2709 /* We won't stop here */
2710 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
2711 }
2712 }
2713 else
2714 {
2715 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
2716 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
2717 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
2718 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
2719 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
2720 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
2721 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
2722 the first value assigned). */
2723 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
2724 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
2725 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
2726 information here. */
2727 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2728 ui_out_field_string
2729 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
2730 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
2731 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->number);
2732 ui_out_text (uiout, " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
2733 which its expression is valid.\n");
2734
2735 if (b->related_breakpoint)
2736 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2737 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2738
2739 return WP_DELETED;
2740 }
2741 }
2742
2743 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
2744 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
2745 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
2746 static int
2747 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
2748 {
2749 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
2750
2751 if (b->type != bp_watchpoint
2752 && b->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
2753 && b->type != bp_read_watchpoint
2754 && b->type != bp_access_watchpoint
2755 && b->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint
2756 && b->type != bp_catch_fork
2757 && b->type != bp_catch_vfork
2758 && b->type != bp_catch_exec) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
2759 {
2760 if (bl->address != bp_addr) /* address doesn't match */
2761 return 0;
2762 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
2763 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2764 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2765 return 0;
2766 }
2767
2768 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
2769 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
2770 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
2771 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
2772 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
2773 (did not match the data address). */
2774
2775 if ((b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2776 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2777 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2778 && b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
2779 return 0;
2780
2781 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2782 {
2783 if (bl->address != bp_addr)
2784 return 0;
2785 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
2786 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2787 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2788 return 0;
2789 }
2790
2791 /* Is this a catchpoint of a load or unload? If so, did we
2792 get a load or unload of the specified library? If not,
2793 ignore it. */
2794 if ((b->type == bp_catch_load)
2795 #if defined(SOLIB_HAVE_LOAD_EVENT)
2796 && (!SOLIB_HAVE_LOAD_EVENT (PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2797 || ((b->dll_pathname != NULL)
2798 && (strcmp (b->dll_pathname,
2799 SOLIB_LOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME (
2800 PIDGET (inferior_ptid)))
2801 != 0)))
2802 #endif
2803 )
2804 return 0;
2805
2806 if ((b->type == bp_catch_unload)
2807 #if defined(SOLIB_HAVE_UNLOAD_EVENT)
2808 && (!SOLIB_HAVE_UNLOAD_EVENT (PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2809 || ((b->dll_pathname != NULL)
2810 && (strcmp (b->dll_pathname,
2811 SOLIB_UNLOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME (
2812 PIDGET (inferior_ptid)))
2813 != 0)))
2814 #endif
2815 )
2816 return 0;
2817
2818 if ((b->type == bp_catch_fork)
2819 && !inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid,
2820 &b->forked_inferior_pid))
2821 return 0;
2822
2823 if ((b->type == bp_catch_vfork)
2824 && !inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid,
2825 &b->forked_inferior_pid))
2826 return 0;
2827
2828 if ((b->type == bp_catch_exec)
2829 && !inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid, &b->exec_pathname))
2830 return 0;
2831
2832 return 1;
2833 }
2834
2835 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
2836 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
2837 to 0. */
2838 static void
2839 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
2840 {
2841 const struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2842 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
2843
2844 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint
2845 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2846 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint
2847 || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
2848 {
2849 CORE_ADDR addr;
2850 struct value *v;
2851 int must_check_value = 0;
2852
2853 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint)
2854 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
2855 watched value. */
2856 must_check_value = 1;
2857 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
2858 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
2859 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
2860 this watchpoint. */
2861 must_check_value = 1;
2862 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
2863 && b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
2864 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
2865 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
2866 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
2867 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
2868 must_check_value = 1;
2869
2870 if (must_check_value)
2871 {
2872 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
2873 b->number);
2874 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2875 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
2876 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
2877 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2878 switch (e)
2879 {
2880 case WP_DELETED:
2881 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
2882 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
2883 /* Stop. */
2884 break;
2885 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
2886 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
2887 {
2888 /* Don't stop: read watchpoints shouldn't fire if
2889 the value has changed. This is for targets
2890 which cannot set read-only watchpoints. */
2891 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2892 bs->stop = 0;
2893 }
2894 break;
2895 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
2896 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2897 || b->type == bp_watchpoint)
2898 {
2899 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
2900 the value hasn't changed. */
2901 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2902 bs->stop = 0;
2903 }
2904 /* Stop. */
2905 break;
2906 default:
2907 /* Can't happen. */
2908 case 0:
2909 /* Error from catch_errors. */
2910 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->number);
2911 if (b->related_breakpoint)
2912 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2913 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2914 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
2915 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
2916 break;
2917 }
2918 }
2919 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
2920 {
2921 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
2922 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
2923 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
2924 anything for this watchpoint. */
2925 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2926 bs->stop = 0;
2927 }
2928 }
2929 }
2930
2931
2932 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
2933 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
2934 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
2935 static void
2936 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
2937 {
2938 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
2939 const struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2940 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
2941
2942 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
2943 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
2944 bs->stop = 0;
2945 else if (bs->stop)
2946 {
2947 int value_is_zero = 0;
2948
2949 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
2950 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
2951 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
2952 iteration. */
2953 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
2954 b->related_breakpoint->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
2955
2956 if (bl->cond && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2957 {
2958 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies
2959 so that the conditions will have the right context. */
2960 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
2961 value_is_zero
2962 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, (bl->cond),
2963 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
2964 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
2965 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint # */
2966 free_all_values ();
2967 }
2968 if (bl->cond && value_is_zero)
2969 {
2970 bs->stop = 0;
2971 }
2972 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
2973 {
2974 bs->stop = 0;
2975 }
2976 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
2977 {
2978 b->ignore_count--;
2979 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
2980 bs->stop = 0;
2981 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't
2982 stop. */
2983 ++(b->hit_count);
2984 }
2985 }
2986 }
2987
2988
2989 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
2990 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
2991
2992 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
2993 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such that:
2994
2995 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
2996
2997 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
2998
2999 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
3000 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
3001 several reasons concurrently.)
3002
3003 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
3004 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
3005
3006 bpstat
3007 bpstat_stop_status (CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid)
3008 {
3009 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
3010 const struct bp_location *bl;
3011 struct bp_location *loc;
3012 /* Root of the chain of bpstat's */
3013 struct bpstats root_bs[1];
3014 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
3015 bpstat bs = root_bs;
3016 int ix;
3017
3018 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl)
3019 {
3020 b = bl->owner;
3021 gdb_assert (b);
3022 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3023 continue;
3024
3025 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first location.
3026 The watchpoint_check function will work on entire expression,
3027 not the individual locations. For read watchopints, the
3028 watchpoints_triggered function have checked all locations
3029 alrea
3030 */
3031 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
3032 continue;
3033
3034 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, bp_addr))
3035 continue;
3036
3037 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address matches */
3038
3039 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, bs); /* Alloc a bpstat to explain stop */
3040
3041 /* Assume we stop. Should we find watchpoint that is not actually
3042 triggered, or if condition of breakpoint is false, we'll reset
3043 'stop' to 0. */
3044 bs->stop = 1;
3045 bs->print = 1;
3046
3047 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
3048 if (!bs->stop)
3049 continue;
3050
3051 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event)
3052 /* We do not stop for these. */
3053 bs->stop = 0;
3054 else
3055 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
3056
3057 if (bs->stop)
3058 {
3059 ++(b->hit_count);
3060
3061 /* We will stop here */
3062 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
3063 {
3064 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3065 update_global_location_list (0);
3066 }
3067 if (b->silent)
3068 bs->print = 0;
3069 bs->commands = b->commands;
3070 if (bs->commands &&
3071 (strcmp ("silent", bs->commands->line) == 0
3072 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", bs->commands->line) == 0)))
3073 {
3074 bs->commands = bs->commands->next;
3075 bs->print = 0;
3076 }
3077 bs->commands = copy_command_lines (bs->commands);
3078 }
3079
3080 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or if we dont print. */
3081 if (bs->stop == 0 || bs->print == 0)
3082 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3083 }
3084
3085 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3086 {
3087 if (loc->address == bp_addr)
3088 {
3089 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, bs);
3090 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
3091 bs->stop = 0;
3092 bs->print = 0;
3093 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3094 }
3095 }
3096
3097 bs->next = NULL; /* Terminate the chain */
3098 bs = root_bs->next; /* Re-grab the head of the chain */
3099
3100 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
3101 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
3102 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
3103 done later. */
3104 for (bs = root_bs->next; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3105 if (bs->stop)
3106 break;
3107
3108 if (bs == NULL)
3109 for (bs = root_bs->next; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3110 if (!bs->stop
3111 && bs->breakpoint_at->owner
3112 && (bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
3113 || bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_read_watchpoint
3114 || bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
3115 {
3116 /* remove/insert can invalidate bs->breakpoint_at, if this
3117 location is no longer used by the watchpoint. Prevent
3118 further code from trying to use it. */
3119 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
3120 remove_breakpoints ();
3121 insert_breakpoints ();
3122 break;
3123 }
3124
3125 return root_bs->next;
3126 }
3127 \f
3128 /* Tell what to do about this bpstat. */
3129 struct bpstat_what
3130 bpstat_what (bpstat bs)
3131 {
3132 /* Classify each bpstat as one of the following. */
3133 enum class
3134 {
3135 /* This bpstat element has no effect on the main_action. */
3136 no_effect = 0,
3137
3138 /* There was a watchpoint, stop but don't print. */
3139 wp_silent,
3140
3141 /* There was a watchpoint, stop and print. */
3142 wp_noisy,
3143
3144 /* There was a breakpoint but we're not stopping. */
3145 bp_nostop,
3146
3147 /* There was a breakpoint, stop but don't print. */
3148 bp_silent,
3149
3150 /* There was a breakpoint, stop and print. */
3151 bp_noisy,
3152
3153 /* We hit the longjmp breakpoint. */
3154 long_jump,
3155
3156 /* We hit the longjmp_resume breakpoint. */
3157 long_resume,
3158
3159 /* We hit the step_resume breakpoint. */
3160 step_resume,
3161
3162 /* We hit the shared library event breakpoint. */
3163 shlib_event,
3164
3165 /* We caught a shared library event. */
3166 catch_shlib_event,
3167
3168 /* This is just used to count how many enums there are. */
3169 class_last
3170 };
3171
3172 /* Here is the table which drives this routine. So that we can
3173 format it pretty, we define some abbreviations for the
3174 enum bpstat_what codes. */
3175 #define kc BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
3176 #define ss BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
3177 #define sn BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3178 #define sgl BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
3179 #define slr BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
3180 #define clr BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
3181 #define sr BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
3182 #define shl BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS
3183 #define shlr BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS_RESUME_FROM_HOOK
3184
3185 /* "Can't happen." Might want to print an error message.
3186 abort() is not out of the question, but chances are GDB is just
3187 a bit confused, not unusable. */
3188 #define err BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3189
3190 /* Given an old action and a class, come up with a new action. */
3191 /* One interesting property of this table is that wp_silent is the same
3192 as bp_silent and wp_noisy is the same as bp_noisy. That is because
3193 after stopping, the check for whether to step over a breakpoint
3194 (BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE type stuff) is handled in proceed() without
3195 reference to how we stopped. We retain separate wp_silent and
3196 bp_silent codes in case we want to change that someday.
3197
3198 Another possibly interesting property of this table is that
3199 there's a partial ordering, priority-like, of the actions. Once
3200 you've decided that some action is appropriate, you'll never go
3201 back and decide something of a lower priority is better. The
3202 ordering is:
3203
3204 kc < clr sgl shl shlr slr sn sr ss
3205 sgl < shl shlr slr sn sr ss
3206 slr < err shl shlr sn sr ss
3207 clr < err shl shlr sn sr ss
3208 ss < shl shlr sn sr
3209 sn < shl shlr sr
3210 shl < shlr sr
3211 shlr < sr
3212 sr <
3213
3214 What I think this means is that we don't need a damned table
3215 here. If you just put the rows and columns in the right order,
3216 it'd look awfully regular. We could simply walk the bpstat list
3217 and choose the highest priority action we find, with a little
3218 logic to handle the 'err' cases. */
3219
3220 /* step_resume entries: a step resume breakpoint overrides another
3221 breakpoint of signal handling (see comment in wait_for_inferior
3222 at where we set the step_resume breakpoint). */
3223
3224 static const enum bpstat_what_main_action
3225 table[(int) class_last][(int) BPSTAT_WHAT_LAST] =
3226 {
3227 /* old action */
3228 /* kc ss sn sgl slr clr sr shl shlr
3229 */
3230 /*no_effect */
3231 {kc, ss, sn, sgl, slr, clr, sr, shl, shlr},
3232 /*wp_silent */
3233 {ss, ss, sn, ss, ss, ss, sr, shl, shlr},
3234 /*wp_noisy */
3235 {sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sr, shl, shlr},
3236 /*bp_nostop */
3237 {sgl, ss, sn, sgl, slr, slr, sr, shl, shlr},
3238 /*bp_silent */
3239 {ss, ss, sn, ss, ss, ss, sr, shl, shlr},
3240 /*bp_noisy */
3241 {sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sr, shl, shlr},
3242 /*long_jump */
3243 {slr, ss, sn, slr, slr, err, sr, shl, shlr},
3244 /*long_resume */
3245 {clr, ss, sn, err, err, err, sr, shl, shlr},
3246 /*step_resume */
3247 {sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr},
3248 /*shlib */
3249 {shl, shl, shl, shl, shl, shl, sr, shl, shlr},
3250 /*catch_shlib */
3251 {shlr, shlr, shlr, shlr, shlr, shlr, sr, shlr, shlr}
3252 };
3253
3254 #undef kc
3255 #undef ss
3256 #undef sn
3257 #undef sgl
3258 #undef slr
3259 #undef clr
3260 #undef err
3261 #undef sr
3262 #undef ts
3263 #undef shl
3264 #undef shlr
3265 enum bpstat_what_main_action current_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
3266 struct bpstat_what retval;
3267
3268 retval.call_dummy = 0;
3269 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3270 {
3271 enum class bs_class = no_effect;
3272 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
3273 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary breakpoint
3274 which has since been deleted. */
3275 continue;
3276 if (bs->breakpoint_at->owner == NULL)
3277 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3278 else
3279 switch (bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type)
3280 {
3281 case bp_none:
3282 continue;
3283
3284 case bp_breakpoint:
3285 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3286 case bp_until:
3287 case bp_finish:
3288 if (bs->stop)
3289 {
3290 if (bs->print)
3291 bs_class = bp_noisy;
3292 else
3293 bs_class = bp_silent;
3294 }
3295 else
3296 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3297 break;
3298 case bp_watchpoint:
3299 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3300 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3301 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3302 if (bs->stop)
3303 {
3304 if (bs->print)
3305 bs_class = wp_noisy;
3306 else
3307 bs_class = wp_silent;
3308 }
3309 else
3310 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3311 This requires no further action. */
3312 bs_class = no_effect;
3313 break;
3314 case bp_longjmp:
3315 bs_class = long_jump;
3316 break;
3317 case bp_longjmp_resume:
3318 bs_class = long_resume;
3319 break;
3320 case bp_step_resume:
3321 if (bs->stop)
3322 {
3323 bs_class = step_resume;
3324 }
3325 else
3326 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
3327 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3328 break;
3329 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3330 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3331 break;
3332 case bp_shlib_event:
3333 bs_class = shlib_event;
3334 break;
3335 case bp_thread_event:
3336 case bp_overlay_event:
3337 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3338 break;
3339 case bp_catch_load:
3340 case bp_catch_unload:
3341 /* Only if this catchpoint triggered should we cause the
3342 step-out-of-dld behaviour. Otherwise, we ignore this
3343 catchpoint. */
3344 if (bs->stop)
3345 bs_class = catch_shlib_event;
3346 else
3347 bs_class = no_effect;
3348 break;
3349 case bp_catch_fork:
3350 case bp_catch_vfork:
3351 case bp_catch_exec:
3352 if (bs->stop)
3353 {
3354 if (bs->print)
3355 bs_class = bp_noisy;
3356 else
3357 bs_class = bp_silent;
3358 }
3359 else
3360 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3361 This requires no further action. */
3362 bs_class = no_effect;
3363 break;
3364 case bp_call_dummy:
3365 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
3366 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
3367 bs_class = bp_silent;
3368 retval.call_dummy = 1;
3369 break;
3370 }
3371 current_action = table[(int) bs_class][(int) current_action];
3372 }
3373 retval.main_action = current_action;
3374 return retval;
3375 }
3376
3377 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
3378 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
3379 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
3380
3381 int
3382 bpstat_should_step (void)
3383 {
3384 struct breakpoint *b;
3385 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3386 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint)
3387 return 1;
3388 return 0;
3389 }
3390
3391 \f
3392
3393 /* Given a bpstat that records zero or more triggered eventpoints, this
3394 function returns another bpstat which contains only the catchpoints
3395 on that first list, if any. */
3396 void
3397 bpstat_get_triggered_catchpoints (bpstat ep_list, bpstat *cp_list)
3398 {
3399 struct bpstats root_bs[1];
3400 bpstat bs = root_bs;
3401 struct breakpoint *ep;
3402 char *dll_pathname;
3403
3404 bpstat_clear (cp_list);
3405 root_bs->next = NULL;
3406
3407 for (; ep_list != NULL; ep_list = ep_list->next)
3408 {
3409 /* Is this eventpoint a catchpoint? If not, ignore it. */
3410 ep = ep_list->breakpoint_at->owner;
3411 if (ep == NULL)
3412 break;
3413 if ((ep->type != bp_catch_load) &&
3414 (ep->type != bp_catch_unload))
3415 /* pai: (temp) ADD fork/vfork here!! */
3416 continue;
3417
3418 /* Yes; add it to the list. */
3419 bs = bpstat_alloc (ep_list->breakpoint_at, bs);
3420 *bs = *ep_list;
3421 bs->next = NULL;
3422 bs = root_bs->next;
3423
3424 #if defined(SOLIB_ADD)
3425 /* Also, for each triggered catchpoint, tag it with the name of
3426 the library that caused this trigger. (We copy the name now,
3427 because it's only guaranteed to be available NOW, when the
3428 catchpoint triggers. Clients who may wish to know the name
3429 later must get it from the catchpoint itself.) */
3430 if (ep->triggered_dll_pathname != NULL)
3431 xfree (ep->triggered_dll_pathname);
3432 if (ep->type == bp_catch_load)
3433 dll_pathname = SOLIB_LOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME (
3434 PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
3435 else
3436 dll_pathname = SOLIB_UNLOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME (
3437 PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
3438 #else
3439 dll_pathname = NULL;
3440 #endif
3441 if (dll_pathname)
3442 {
3443 ep->triggered_dll_pathname = (char *)
3444 xmalloc (strlen (dll_pathname) + 1);
3445 strcpy (ep->triggered_dll_pathname, dll_pathname);
3446 }
3447 else
3448 ep->triggered_dll_pathname = NULL;
3449 }
3450
3451 *cp_list = bs;
3452 }
3453
3454 static void print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
3455 struct bp_location *loc,
3456 char *wrap_indent,
3457 struct ui_stream *stb)
3458 {
3459 if (b->source_file)
3460 {
3461 struct symbol *sym
3462 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
3463 if (sym)
3464 {
3465 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
3466 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
3467 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
3468 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent);
3469 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
3470 }
3471 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", b->source_file);
3472 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
3473
3474 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3475 {
3476 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
3477 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
3478
3479 if (fullname)
3480 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
3481 }
3482
3483 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", b->line_number);
3484 }
3485 else if (!b->loc)
3486 {
3487 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
3488 }
3489 else
3490 {
3491 print_address_symbolic (loc->address, stb->stream, demangle, "");
3492 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
3493 }
3494 }
3495
3496 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
3497 static void
3498 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
3499 struct bp_location *loc,
3500 int loc_number,
3501 CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
3502 {
3503 struct command_line *l;
3504 struct symbol *sym;
3505 struct ep_type_description
3506 {
3507 enum bptype type;
3508 char *description;
3509 };
3510 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
3511 {
3512 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
3513 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
3514 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
3515 {bp_until, "until"},
3516 {bp_finish, "finish"},
3517 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
3518 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
3519 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
3520 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
3521 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
3522 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
3523 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
3524 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
3525 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
3526 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
3527 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
3528 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
3529 {bp_catch_load, "catch load"},
3530 {bp_catch_unload, "catch unload"},
3531 {bp_catch_fork, "catch fork"},
3532 {bp_catch_vfork, "catch vfork"},
3533 {bp_catch_exec, "catch exec"}
3534 };
3535
3536 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
3537 char wrap_indent[80];
3538 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
3539 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
3540 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
3541
3542 int header_of_multiple = 0;
3543 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
3544
3545 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
3546 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning
3547 treatment of breakpoints with single disabled
3548 location. */
3549 if (loc == NULL
3550 && (b->loc != NULL
3551 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
3552 header_of_multiple = 1;
3553 if (loc == NULL)
3554 loc = b->loc;
3555
3556 annotate_record ();
3557 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
3558
3559 /* 1 */
3560 annotate_field (0);
3561 if (part_of_multiple)
3562 {
3563 char *formatted;
3564 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
3565 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
3566 xfree (formatted);
3567 }
3568 else
3569 {
3570 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
3571 }
3572
3573 /* 2 */
3574 annotate_field (1);
3575 if (part_of_multiple)
3576 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
3577 else
3578 {
3579 if (((int) b->type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
3580 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
3581 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3582 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
3583 (int) b->type);
3584 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int) b->type].description);
3585 }
3586
3587 /* 3 */
3588 annotate_field (2);
3589 if (part_of_multiple)
3590 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
3591 else
3592 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
3593
3594
3595 /* 4 */
3596 annotate_field (3);
3597 if (part_of_multiple)
3598 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
3599 else
3600 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
3601 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
3602 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
3603
3604
3605 /* 5 and 6 */
3606 strcpy (wrap_indent, " ");
3607 if (addressprint)
3608 {
3609 if (gdbarch_addr_bit (current_gdbarch) <= 32)
3610 strcat (wrap_indent, " ");
3611 else
3612 strcat (wrap_indent, " ");
3613 }
3614
3615 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
3616 {
3617 /* Although the print_one can possibly print
3618 all locations, calling it here is not likely
3619 to get any nice result. So, make sure there's
3620 just one location. */
3621 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
3622 b->ops->print_one (b, last_addr);
3623 }
3624 else
3625 switch (b->type)
3626 {
3627 case bp_none:
3628 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3629 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
3630 break;
3631
3632 case bp_watchpoint:
3633 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3634 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3635 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3636 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3637 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3638 is relatively readable). */
3639 if (addressprint)
3640 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3641 annotate_field (5);
3642 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
3643 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", stb);
3644 break;
3645
3646 case bp_catch_load:
3647 case bp_catch_unload:
3648 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3649 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3650 is relatively readable). */
3651 if (addressprint)
3652 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3653 annotate_field (5);
3654 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
3655 {
3656 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>");
3657 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
3658 }
3659 else
3660 {
3661 ui_out_text (uiout, "library \"");
3662 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname);
3663 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
3664 }
3665 break;
3666
3667 case bp_catch_fork:
3668 case bp_catch_vfork:
3669 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3670 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3671 is relatively readable). */
3672 if (addressprint)
3673 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3674 annotate_field (5);
3675 if (!ptid_equal (b->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
3676 {
3677 ui_out_text (uiout, "process ");
3678 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
3679 ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
3680 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
3681 }
3682 break;
3683
3684 case bp_catch_exec:
3685 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3686 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3687 is relatively readable). */
3688 if (addressprint)
3689 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3690 annotate_field (5);
3691 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
3692 {
3693 ui_out_text (uiout, "program \"");
3694 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
3695 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
3696 }
3697 break;
3698
3699 case bp_breakpoint:
3700 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3701 case bp_until:
3702 case bp_finish:
3703 case bp_longjmp:
3704 case bp_longjmp_resume:
3705 case bp_step_resume:
3706 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3707 case bp_call_dummy:
3708 case bp_shlib_event:
3709 case bp_thread_event:
3710 case bp_overlay_event:
3711 if (addressprint)
3712 {
3713 annotate_field (4);
3714 if (header_of_multiple)
3715 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
3716 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
3717 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
3718 else
3719 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr", loc->address);
3720 }
3721 annotate_field (5);
3722 if (!header_of_multiple)
3723 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc, wrap_indent, stb);
3724 if (b->loc)
3725 *last_addr = b->loc->address;
3726 break;
3727 }
3728
3729 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
3730 {
3731 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
3732 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
3733 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
3734 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
3735 }
3736
3737 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3738
3739 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
3740 {
3741 annotate_field (6);
3742 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
3743 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
3744 the frame ID. */
3745 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame", b->frame_id.stack_addr);
3746 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3747 }
3748
3749 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string && !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b))
3750 {
3751 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
3752 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
3753 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
3754 annotate_field (7);
3755 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
3756 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
3757 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3758 }
3759
3760 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
3761 {
3762 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
3763 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
3764 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
3765 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3766 }
3767
3768 if (!part_of_multiple && show_breakpoint_hit_counts && b->hit_count)
3769 {
3770 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
3771 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b))
3772 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
3773 else
3774 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
3775 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
3776 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
3777 if (b->hit_count == 1)
3778 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
3779 else
3780 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
3781 }
3782
3783 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is
3784 mi. FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
3785 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3786 if (!part_of_multiple && show_breakpoint_hit_counts && b->hit_count == 0)
3787 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
3788
3789 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
3790 {
3791 annotate_field (8);
3792 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
3793 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
3794 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
3795 }
3796
3797 if (!part_of_multiple && (l = b->commands))
3798 {
3799 struct cleanup *script_chain;
3800
3801 annotate_field (9);
3802 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
3803 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
3804 do_cleanups (script_chain);
3805 }
3806
3807 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
3808 {
3809 if (b->addr_string)
3810 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
3811 else if (b->exp_string)
3812 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->exp_string);
3813 }
3814
3815 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
3816 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3817 }
3818
3819 static void
3820 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
3821 CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
3822 {
3823 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_addr);
3824
3825 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
3826 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
3827 locations, if any. */
3828 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
3829 {
3830 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is
3831 disabled, we print it as if it had
3832 several locations, since otherwise it's hard to
3833 represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
3834 situation.
3835 Note that while hardware watchpoints have
3836 several locations internally, that's no a property
3837 exposed to user. */
3838 if (b->loc
3839 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
3840 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled)
3841 && !ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3842 {
3843 struct bp_location *loc;
3844 int n = 1;
3845 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
3846 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_addr);
3847 }
3848 }
3849 }
3850
3851
3852 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
3853 {
3854 int bnum;
3855 };
3856
3857 static int
3858 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
3859 {
3860 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
3861 struct breakpoint *b;
3862 CORE_ADDR dummy_addr = 0;
3863 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3864 {
3865 if (args->bnum == b->number)
3866 {
3867 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_addr);
3868 return GDB_RC_OK;
3869 }
3870 }
3871 return GDB_RC_NONE;
3872 }
3873
3874 enum gdb_rc
3875 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum, char **error_message)
3876 {
3877 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
3878 args.bnum = bnum;
3879 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
3880 an error. */
3881 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
3882 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
3883 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
3884 else
3885 return GDB_RC_OK;
3886 }
3887
3888 /* Return non-zero if B is user settable (breakpoints, watchpoints,
3889 catchpoints, et.al.). */
3890
3891 static int
3892 user_settable_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
3893 {
3894 return (b->type == bp_breakpoint
3895 || b->type == bp_catch_load
3896 || b->type == bp_catch_unload
3897 || b->type == bp_catch_fork
3898 || b->type == bp_catch_vfork
3899 || b->type == bp_catch_exec
3900 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
3901 || b->type == bp_watchpoint
3902 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
3903 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint
3904 || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint);
3905 }
3906
3907 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
3908 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user settable breakpoints.
3909 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non- user settable breakpoints. */
3910
3911 static void
3912 breakpoint_1 (int bnum, int allflag)
3913 {
3914 struct breakpoint *b;
3915 CORE_ADDR last_addr = (CORE_ADDR) -1;
3916 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
3917 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
3918
3919 /* Compute the number of rows in the table. */
3920 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
3921 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3922 if (bnum == -1
3923 || bnum == b->number)
3924 {
3925 if (allflag || user_settable_breakpoint (b))
3926 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
3927 }
3928
3929 if (addressprint)
3930 bkpttbl_chain
3931 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints,
3932 "BreakpointTable");
3933 else
3934 bkpttbl_chain
3935 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints,
3936 "BreakpointTable");
3937
3938 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3939 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
3940 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3941 annotate_field (0);
3942 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
3943 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3944 annotate_field (1);
3945 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
3946 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3947 annotate_field (2);
3948 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
3949 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3950 annotate_field (3);
3951 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
3952 if (addressprint)
3953 {
3954 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3955 annotate_field (4);
3956 if (gdbarch_addr_bit (current_gdbarch) <= 32)
3957 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
3958 else
3959 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
3960 }
3961 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3962 annotate_field (5);
3963 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
3964 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
3965 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3966 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
3967
3968 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3969 if (bnum == -1
3970 || bnum == b->number)
3971 {
3972 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
3973 allflag is set. */
3974 if (allflag || user_settable_breakpoint (b))
3975 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_addr);
3976 }
3977
3978 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
3979
3980 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
3981 {
3982 if (bnum == -1)
3983 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
3984 else
3985 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoint or watchpoint number %d.\n",
3986 bnum);
3987 }
3988 else
3989 {
3990 /* Compare against (CORE_ADDR)-1 in case some compiler decides
3991 that a comparison of an unsigned with -1 is always false. */
3992 if (last_addr != (CORE_ADDR) -1 && !server_command)
3993 set_next_address (last_addr);
3994 }
3995
3996 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
3997 there have been breakpoints? */
3998 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
3999 }
4000
4001 static void
4002 breakpoints_info (char *bnum_exp, int from_tty)
4003 {
4004 int bnum = -1;
4005
4006 if (bnum_exp)
4007 bnum = parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp);
4008
4009 breakpoint_1 (bnum, 0);
4010 }
4011
4012 static void
4013 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *bnum_exp, int from_tty)
4014 {
4015 int bnum = -1;
4016
4017 if (bnum_exp)
4018 bnum = parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp);
4019
4020 breakpoint_1 (bnum, 1);
4021 }
4022
4023 static int
4024 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR pc, asection *section)
4025 {
4026 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
4027 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
4028 {
4029 if (bl->address == pc
4030 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
4031 return 1;
4032 }
4033 return 0;
4034 }
4035
4036 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. */
4037
4038 static void
4039 describe_other_breakpoints (CORE_ADDR pc, asection *section, int thread)
4040 {
4041 int others = 0;
4042 struct breakpoint *b;
4043
4044 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4045 others += breakpoint_has_pc (b, pc, section);
4046 if (others > 0)
4047 {
4048 if (others == 1)
4049 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
4050 else /* if (others == ???) */
4051 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
4052 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4053 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b, pc, section))
4054 {
4055 others--;
4056 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
4057 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
4058 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
4059 else if (b->thread != -1)
4060 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
4061 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
4062 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled ||
4063 b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
4064 ? " (disabled)"
4065 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
4066 ? " (permanent)"
4067 : ""),
4068 (others > 1) ? ","
4069 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
4070 }
4071 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
4072 fputs_filtered (paddress (pc), gdb_stdout);
4073 printf_filtered (".\n");
4074 }
4075 }
4076 \f
4077 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
4078 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
4079
4080 void
4081 set_default_breakpoint (int valid, CORE_ADDR addr, struct symtab *symtab,
4082 int line)
4083 {
4084 default_breakpoint_valid = valid;
4085 default_breakpoint_address = addr;
4086 default_breakpoint_symtab = symtab;
4087 default_breakpoint_line = line;
4088 }
4089
4090 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
4091 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
4092 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
4093 (or use it for any other purpose either).
4094
4095 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will always
4096 have a zero valued address and we don't want check_duplicates() to mark
4097 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
4098 breakpoint at address zero:
4099
4100 bp_watchpoint
4101 bp_hardware_watchpoint
4102 bp_read_watchpoint
4103 bp_access_watchpoint
4104 bp_catch_exec
4105 bp_catch_fork
4106 bp_catch_vork */
4107
4108 static int
4109 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
4110 {
4111 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
4112
4113 return (type != bp_watchpoint
4114 && type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4115 && type != bp_read_watchpoint
4116 && type != bp_access_watchpoint
4117 && type != bp_catch_exec
4118 && type != bp_catch_fork
4119 && type != bp_catch_vfork);
4120 }
4121
4122 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section as BPT,
4123 marking the first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates".
4124 This is so that the bpt instruction is only inserted once.
4125 If we have a permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make
4126 that one the official one, and the rest as duplicates. */
4127
4128 static void
4129 check_duplicates_for (CORE_ADDR address, asection *section)
4130 {
4131 struct bp_location *b;
4132 int count = 0;
4133 struct bp_location *perm_bp = 0;
4134
4135 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
4136 if (b->owner->enable_state != bp_disabled
4137 && b->owner->enable_state != bp_call_disabled
4138 && b->enabled
4139 && !b->shlib_disabled
4140 && b->address == address /* address / overlay match */
4141 && (!overlay_debugging || b->section == section)
4142 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b->owner))
4143 {
4144 /* Have we found a permanent breakpoint? */
4145 if (b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
4146 {
4147 perm_bp = b;
4148 break;
4149 }
4150
4151 count++;
4152 b->duplicate = count > 1;
4153 }
4154
4155 /* If we found a permanent breakpoint at this address, go over the
4156 list again and declare all the other breakpoints there to be the
4157 duplicates. */
4158 if (perm_bp)
4159 {
4160 perm_bp->duplicate = 0;
4161
4162 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
4163 if (! perm_bp->inserted)
4164 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4165 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
4166 "actually inserted"));
4167
4168 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
4169 if (b != perm_bp)
4170 {
4171 if (b->owner->enable_state != bp_disabled
4172 && b->owner->enable_state != bp_call_disabled
4173 && b->enabled && !b->shlib_disabled
4174 && b->address == address /* address / overlay match */
4175 && (!overlay_debugging || b->section == section)
4176 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b->owner))
4177 {
4178 if (b->inserted)
4179 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4180 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
4181 "a permanent breakpoint"));
4182
4183 b->duplicate = 1;
4184 }
4185 }
4186 }
4187 }
4188
4189 static void
4190 check_duplicates (struct breakpoint *bpt)
4191 {
4192 struct bp_location *bl = bpt->loc;
4193
4194 if (! breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (bpt))
4195 return;
4196
4197 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
4198 check_duplicates_for (bl->address, bl->section);
4199 }
4200
4201 static void
4202 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
4203 int bnum, int have_bnum)
4204 {
4205 char astr1[40];
4206 char astr2[40];
4207
4208 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
4209 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
4210 if (have_bnum)
4211 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
4212 bnum, astr1, astr2);
4213 else
4214 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
4215 }
4216
4217 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural constraints
4218 on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address. Note: Very
4219 few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most targets,
4220 this function is simply the identity function. */
4221
4222 static CORE_ADDR
4223 adjust_breakpoint_address (CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
4224 {
4225 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (current_gdbarch))
4226 {
4227 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
4228 return bpaddr;
4229 }
4230 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
4231 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4232 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
4233 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
4234 || bptype == bp_catch_fork
4235 || bptype == bp_catch_vfork
4236 || bptype == bp_catch_exec)
4237 {
4238 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
4239 have their addresses modified. */
4240 return bpaddr;
4241 }
4242 else
4243 {
4244 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
4245
4246 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
4247 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
4248 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (current_gdbarch,
4249 bpaddr);
4250
4251 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
4252 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
4253 is required. */
4254 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
4255 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
4256
4257 return adjusted_bpaddr;
4258 }
4259 }
4260
4261 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
4262
4263 static struct bp_location *
4264 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bptype bp_type)
4265 {
4266 struct bp_location *loc, *loc_p;
4267
4268 loc = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location));
4269 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
4270
4271 loc->owner = bpt;
4272 loc->cond = NULL;
4273 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
4274 loc->enabled = 1;
4275
4276 switch (bp_type)
4277 {
4278 case bp_breakpoint:
4279 case bp_until:
4280 case bp_finish:
4281 case bp_longjmp:
4282 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4283 case bp_step_resume:
4284 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4285 case bp_call_dummy:
4286 case bp_shlib_event:
4287 case bp_thread_event:
4288 case bp_overlay_event:
4289 case bp_catch_load:
4290 case bp_catch_unload:
4291 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
4292 break;
4293 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4294 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
4295 break;
4296 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4297 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4298 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4299 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
4300 break;
4301 case bp_watchpoint:
4302 case bp_catch_fork:
4303 case bp_catch_vfork:
4304 case bp_catch_exec:
4305 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
4306 break;
4307 default:
4308 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
4309 }
4310
4311 return loc;
4312 }
4313
4314 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
4315 {
4316 if (loc->cond)
4317 xfree (loc->cond);
4318
4319 if (loc->function_name)
4320 xfree (loc->function_name);
4321
4322 xfree (loc);
4323 }
4324
4325 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
4326 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
4327
4328 static struct breakpoint *
4329 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (enum bptype bptype)
4330 {
4331 struct breakpoint *b, *b1;
4332
4333 b = (struct breakpoint *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint));
4334 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
4335
4336 b->type = bptype;
4337 b->language = current_language->la_language;
4338 b->input_radix = input_radix;
4339 b->thread = -1;
4340 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4341 b->next = 0;
4342 b->silent = 0;
4343 b->ignore_count = 0;
4344 b->commands = NULL;
4345 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
4346 b->dll_pathname = NULL;
4347 b->triggered_dll_pathname = NULL;
4348 b->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
4349 b->exec_pathname = NULL;
4350 b->ops = NULL;
4351 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
4352
4353 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain
4354 so that a list of breakpoints will come out in order
4355 of increasing numbers. */
4356
4357 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
4358 if (b1 == 0)
4359 breakpoint_chain = b;
4360 else
4361 {
4362 while (b1->next)
4363 b1 = b1->next;
4364 b1->next = b;
4365 }
4366 return b;
4367 }
4368
4369 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
4370 static void
4371 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc)
4372 {
4373 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
4374 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
4375 {
4376 find_pc_partial_function (loc->address, &(loc->function_name),
4377 NULL, NULL);
4378 if (loc->function_name)
4379 loc->function_name = xstrdup (loc->function_name);
4380 }
4381 }
4382
4383 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
4384 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
4385 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
4386 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
4387 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
4388 is also returned as the value of this function.
4389
4390 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
4391 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
4392 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
4393 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
4394 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
4395 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
4396 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
4397
4398 struct breakpoint *
4399 set_raw_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype)
4400 {
4401 struct breakpoint *b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (bptype);
4402 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
4403
4404 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
4405 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
4406 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
4407 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
4408 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
4409 location that's only been partially initialized. */
4410 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (sal.pc, bptype);
4411
4412 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b, bptype);
4413 b->loc->requested_address = sal.pc;
4414 b->loc->address = adjusted_address;
4415
4416 if (sal.symtab == NULL)
4417 b->source_file = NULL;
4418 else
4419 b->source_file = savestring (sal.symtab->filename,
4420 strlen (sal.symtab->filename));
4421 b->loc->section = sal.section;
4422 b->line_number = sal.line;
4423
4424 set_breakpoint_location_function (b->loc);
4425
4426 breakpoints_changed ();
4427
4428 return b;
4429 }
4430
4431
4432 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
4433 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
4434 void
4435 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
4436 {
4437 struct bp_location *bl;
4438 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
4439
4440 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the code.
4441 Mark all locations as inserted. For now, make_breakpoint_permanent
4442 is called in just one place, so it's hard to say if it's reasonable
4443 to have permanent breakpoint with multiple locations or not,
4444 but it's easy to implmement. */
4445 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
4446 bl->inserted = 1;
4447 }
4448
4449 static struct breakpoint *
4450 create_internal_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type)
4451 {
4452 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
4453 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4454 struct breakpoint *b;
4455
4456 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
4457
4458 sal.pc = address;
4459 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
4460
4461 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
4462 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
4463 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
4464
4465 return b;
4466 }
4467
4468
4469 static void
4470 create_longjmp_breakpoint (char *func_name)
4471 {
4472 struct breakpoint *b;
4473 struct minimal_symbol *m;
4474
4475 if ((m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, NULL)) == NULL)
4476 return;
4477 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m), bp_longjmp);
4478 update_global_location_list (1);
4479 }
4480
4481 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
4482 if we do a longjmp(). When we hit that breakpoint, call
4483 set_longjmp_resume_breakpoint() to figure out where we are going. */
4484
4485 void
4486 set_longjmp_breakpoint (void)
4487 {
4488 struct breakpoint *b;
4489
4490 if (gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (current_gdbarch))
4491 {
4492 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("longjmp");
4493 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
4494 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
4495 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
4496 }
4497 }
4498
4499 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
4500 void
4501 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
4502 {
4503 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4504
4505 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4506 if (b->type == bp_longjmp)
4507 {
4508 if (b->thread == thread)
4509 delete_breakpoint (b);
4510 }
4511 }
4512
4513 static void
4514 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *func_name)
4515 {
4516 struct breakpoint *b;
4517 struct minimal_symbol *m;
4518
4519 if ((m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, NULL)) == NULL)
4520 return;
4521
4522 b = create_internal_breakpoint (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m),
4523 bp_overlay_event);
4524 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
4525
4526 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
4527 {
4528 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4529 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
4530 }
4531 else
4532 {
4533 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4534 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
4535 }
4536 update_global_location_list (1);
4537 }
4538
4539 void
4540 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
4541 {
4542 struct breakpoint *b;
4543
4544 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4545 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
4546 {
4547 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4548 update_global_location_list (1);
4549 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
4550 }
4551 }
4552
4553 void
4554 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
4555 {
4556 struct breakpoint *b;
4557
4558 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4559 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
4560 {
4561 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4562 update_global_location_list (0);
4563 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
4564 }
4565 }
4566
4567 struct breakpoint *
4568 create_thread_event_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address)
4569 {
4570 struct breakpoint *b;
4571
4572 b = create_internal_breakpoint (address, bp_thread_event);
4573
4574 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4575 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
4576 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("*0x%s", paddr (b->loc->address));
4577
4578 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
4579
4580 return b;
4581 }
4582
4583 void
4584 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
4585 {
4586 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4587
4588 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4589 if (b->type == bp_thread_event)
4590 delete_breakpoint (b);
4591 }
4592
4593 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
4594 {
4595 char **arg_p;
4596 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals_p;
4597 char ***addr_string_p;
4598 int *not_found_ptr;
4599 };
4600
4601 struct lang_and_radix
4602 {
4603 enum language lang;
4604 int radix;
4605 };
4606
4607
4608 void
4609 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
4610 {
4611 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4612
4613 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4614 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
4615 delete_breakpoint (b);
4616 }
4617
4618 struct breakpoint *
4619 create_solib_event_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address)
4620 {
4621 struct breakpoint *b;
4622
4623 b = create_internal_breakpoint (address, bp_shlib_event);
4624 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
4625 return b;
4626 }
4627
4628 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
4629 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
4630
4631 void
4632 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
4633 {
4634 struct bp_location *loc;
4635 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
4636
4637 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc)
4638 {
4639 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
4640 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled
4641 for those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
4642 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to insert
4643 all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here, we'll try
4644 to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
4645 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint) || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint))
4646 && !loc->shlib_disabled
4647 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
4648 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
4649 #else
4650 && solib_address (loc->address)
4651 #endif
4652 )
4653 {
4654 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
4655 }
4656 }
4657 }
4658
4659 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in in an unloaded shared library. Only
4660 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
4661
4662 static void
4663 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
4664 {
4665 struct bp_location *loc;
4666 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
4667
4668 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc)
4669 {
4670 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
4671 if ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
4672 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4673 && !loc->shlib_disabled)
4674 {
4675 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
4676 char *so_name = PC_SOLIB (loc->address);
4677 #else
4678 char *so_name = solib_address (loc->address);
4679 #endif
4680 if (so_name && !strcmp (so_name, solib->so_name))
4681 {
4682 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
4683 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
4684 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
4685 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
4686 loc->inserted = 0;
4687 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
4688 {
4689 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4690 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
4691 so_name);
4692 }
4693 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
4694 }
4695 }
4696 }
4697 }
4698
4699 static void
4700 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
4701 enum bptype bp_kind)
4702 {
4703 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4704 struct breakpoint *b;
4705 int thread = -1; /* All threads. */
4706
4707 init_sal (&sal);
4708 sal.pc = 0;
4709 sal.symtab = NULL;
4710 sal.line = 0;
4711
4712 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_kind);
4713 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
4714 b->number = breakpoint_count;
4715 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ?
4716 NULL : savestring (cond_string, strlen (cond_string));
4717 b->thread = thread;
4718 b->addr_string = NULL;
4719 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4720 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
4721 b->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
4722 update_global_location_list (1);
4723
4724
4725 mention (b);
4726 }
4727
4728 static void
4729 create_fork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string)
4730 {
4731 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string, bp_catch_fork);
4732 }
4733
4734 static void
4735 create_vfork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string)
4736 {
4737 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string, bp_catch_vfork);
4738 }
4739
4740 static void
4741 create_exec_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string)
4742 {
4743 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4744 struct breakpoint *b;
4745 int thread = -1; /* All threads. */
4746
4747 init_sal (&sal);
4748 sal.pc = 0;
4749 sal.symtab = NULL;
4750 sal.line = 0;
4751
4752 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_catch_exec);
4753 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
4754 b->number = breakpoint_count;
4755 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ?
4756 NULL : savestring (cond_string, strlen (cond_string));
4757 b->thread = thread;
4758 b->addr_string = NULL;
4759 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4760 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
4761 update_global_location_list (1);
4762
4763 mention (b);
4764 }
4765
4766 static int
4767 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
4768 {
4769 struct breakpoint *b;
4770 int i = 0;
4771
4772 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4773 {
4774 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && b->enable_state == bp_enabled)
4775 i++;
4776 }
4777
4778 return i;
4779 }
4780
4781 static int
4782 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
4783 {
4784 struct breakpoint *b;
4785 int i = 0;
4786
4787 *other_type_used = 0;
4788 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4789 {
4790 if (breakpoint_enabled (b))
4791 {
4792 if (b->type == type)
4793 i++;
4794 else if ((b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
4795 b->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
4796 b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
4797 *other_type_used = 1;
4798 }
4799 }
4800 return i;
4801 }
4802
4803 void
4804 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
4805 {
4806 struct breakpoint *b;
4807
4808 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4809 {
4810 if (((b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4811 || (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4812 || (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4813 || (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
4814 && breakpoint_enabled (b))
4815 {
4816 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
4817 update_global_location_list (0);
4818 }
4819 }
4820 }
4821
4822 void
4823 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
4824 {
4825 struct breakpoint *b;
4826
4827 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4828 {
4829 if (((b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4830 || (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4831 || (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4832 || (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
4833 && (b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled))
4834 {
4835 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4836 update_global_location_list (1);
4837 }
4838 }
4839 }
4840
4841
4842 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
4843 at address specified by SAL.
4844 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
4845
4846 struct breakpoint *
4847 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal, struct frame_id frame_id,
4848 enum bptype type)
4849 {
4850 struct breakpoint *b;
4851 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
4852 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4853 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
4854 b->frame_id = frame_id;
4855
4856 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we
4857 want momentary breakpoints to be active in only a
4858 single thread of control. */
4859 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
4860 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
4861
4862 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
4863
4864 return b;
4865 }
4866
4867 struct breakpoint *
4868 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (CORE_ADDR pc, enum bptype type)
4869 {
4870 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4871
4872 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
4873 sal.pc = pc;
4874 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
4875 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
4876
4877 return set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, null_frame_id, type);
4878 }
4879 \f
4880
4881 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
4882
4883 static void
4884 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
4885 {
4886 int say_where = 0;
4887 struct cleanup *old_chain, *ui_out_chain;
4888 struct ui_stream *stb;
4889
4890 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
4891 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
4892
4893 /* FIXME: This is misplaced; mention() is called by things (like
4894 hitting a watchpoint) other than breakpoint creation. It should
4895 be possible to clean this up and at the same time replace the
4896 random calls to breakpoint_changed with this hook, as has already
4897 been done for deprecated_delete_breakpoint_hook and so on. */
4898 if (deprecated_create_breakpoint_hook)
4899 deprecated_create_breakpoint_hook (b);
4900 breakpoint_create_event (b->number);
4901
4902 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_mention != NULL)
4903 b->ops->print_mention (b);
4904 else
4905 switch (b->type)
4906 {
4907 case bp_none:
4908 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "), b->number);
4909 break;
4910 case bp_watchpoint:
4911 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
4912 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
4913 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4914 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
4915 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
4916 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "exp", stb);
4917 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
4918 break;
4919 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4920 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
4921 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
4922 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4923 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
4924 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
4925 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "exp", stb);
4926 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
4927 break;
4928 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4929 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
4930 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
4931 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4932 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
4933 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
4934 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "exp", stb);
4935 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
4936 break;
4937 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4938 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
4939 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
4940 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4941 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
4942 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
4943 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "exp", stb);
4944 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
4945 break;
4946 case bp_breakpoint:
4947 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4948 {
4949 say_where = 0;
4950 break;
4951 }
4952 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
4953 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
4954 else
4955 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
4956 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
4957 say_where = 1;
4958 break;
4959 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4960 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4961 {
4962 say_where = 0;
4963 break;
4964 }
4965 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
4966 say_where = 1;
4967 break;
4968 case bp_catch_load:
4969 case bp_catch_unload:
4970 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s %s)"),
4971 b->number,
4972 (b->type == bp_catch_load) ? "load" : "unload",
4973 (b->dll_pathname != NULL) ?
4974 b->dll_pathname : "<any library>");
4975 break;
4976 case bp_catch_fork:
4977 case bp_catch_vfork:
4978 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"),
4979 b->number,
4980 (b->type == bp_catch_fork) ? "fork" : "vfork");
4981 break;
4982 case bp_catch_exec:
4983 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"),
4984 b->number);
4985 break;
4986
4987 case bp_until:
4988 case bp_finish:
4989 case bp_longjmp:
4990 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4991 case bp_step_resume:
4992 case bp_call_dummy:
4993 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4994 case bp_shlib_event:
4995 case bp_thread_event:
4996 case bp_overlay_event:
4997 break;
4998 }
4999
5000 if (say_where)
5001 {
5002 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
5003 single string. */
5004 if (b->loc == NULL)
5005 {
5006 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
5007 }
5008 else
5009 {
5010 if (addressprint || b->source_file == NULL)
5011 {
5012 printf_filtered (" at ");
5013 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->address), gdb_stdout);
5014 }
5015 if (b->source_file)
5016 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
5017 b->source_file, b->line_number);
5018
5019 if (b->loc->next)
5020 {
5021 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
5022 int n = 0;
5023 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
5024 ++n;
5025 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
5026 }
5027
5028 }
5029 }
5030 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5031 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5032 return;
5033 printf_filtered ("\n");
5034 }
5035 \f
5036
5037 static struct bp_location *
5038 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum bptype bptype,
5039 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5040 {
5041 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
5042
5043 loc = allocate_bp_location (b, bptype);
5044 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
5045 ;
5046 *tmp = loc;
5047 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
5048 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->requested_address,
5049 bptype);
5050 loc->section = sal->section;
5051
5052 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc);
5053 return loc;
5054 }
5055
5056 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
5057 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
5058 as condition expression. */
5059
5060 static void
5061 create_breakpoint (struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
5062 char *cond_string,
5063 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
5064 int thread, int ignore_count,
5065 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty)
5066 {
5067 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5068 int i;
5069
5070 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
5071 {
5072 int i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
5073 int target_resources_ok =
5074 TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
5075 i + 1, 0);
5076 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
5077 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
5078 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
5079 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
5080 }
5081
5082 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
5083 {
5084 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
5085 struct bp_location *loc;
5086
5087 if (from_tty)
5088 describe_other_breakpoints (sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
5089
5090 if (i == 0)
5091 {
5092 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
5093 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
5094 b->number = breakpoint_count;
5095 b->thread = thread;
5096
5097 b->cond_string = cond_string;
5098 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
5099 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5100 b->disposition = disposition;
5101
5102 loc = b->loc;
5103 }
5104 else
5105 {
5106 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, type, &sal);
5107 }
5108
5109 if (b->cond_string)
5110 {
5111 char *arg = b->cond_string;
5112 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
5113 if (*arg)
5114 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg);
5115 }
5116 }
5117
5118 if (addr_string)
5119 b->addr_string = addr_string;
5120 else
5121 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
5122 me. */
5123 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("*0x%s", paddr (b->loc->address));
5124
5125 b->ops = ops;
5126 mention (b);
5127 }
5128
5129 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
5130 elements to fill the void space. */
5131 static void remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines *sal, int index_to_remove)
5132 {
5133 int i = index_to_remove+1;
5134 int last_index = sal->nelts-1;
5135
5136 for (;i <= last_index; ++i)
5137 sal->sals[i-1] = sal->sals[i];
5138
5139 --(sal->nelts);
5140 }
5141
5142 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond
5143 to the same file and line as SAL. This is done
5144 only if SAL does not have explicit PC and has
5145 line and file information. If we got just a single
5146 expanded sal, return the original.
5147
5148 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out
5149 all sals for which the name of enclosing function
5150 is different from SAL. This makes sure that if we have
5151 breakpoint originally set in template instantiation, say
5152 foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at the same
5153 line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'.
5154
5155 */
5156 struct symtabs_and_lines
5157 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal)
5158 {
5159 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
5160 CORE_ADDR original_pc = sal.pc;
5161 char *original_function = NULL;
5162 int found;
5163 int i;
5164
5165 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
5166 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
5167 if (sal.explicit_pc || sal.line == 0 || sal.symtab == NULL)
5168 {
5169 expanded.nelts = 1;
5170 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5171 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5172 return expanded;
5173 }
5174
5175 sal.pc = 0;
5176 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc, &original_function, NULL, NULL);
5177
5178 expanded = expand_line_sal (sal);
5179 if (expanded.nelts == 1)
5180 {
5181 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Without futher
5182 processing, just return the original sal. */
5183 xfree (expanded.sals);
5184 expanded.nelts = 1;
5185 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5186 sal.pc = original_pc;
5187 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5188 return expanded;
5189 }
5190
5191 if (!sal.explicit_line)
5192 {
5193 CORE_ADDR func_addr, func_end;
5194 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
5195 {
5196 CORE_ADDR pc = expanded.sals[i].pc;
5197 char *this_function;
5198 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc, &this_function,
5199 &func_addr, &func_end))
5200 {
5201 if (this_function &&
5202 strcmp (this_function, original_function) != 0)
5203 {
5204 remove_sal (&expanded, i);
5205 --i;
5206 }
5207 else if (func_addr == pc)
5208 {
5209 /* We're at beginning of a function, and should
5210 skip prologue. */
5211 struct symbol *sym = find_pc_function (pc);
5212 if (sym)
5213 expanded.sals[i] = find_function_start_sal (sym, 1);
5214 else
5215 expanded.sals[i].pc
5216 = gdbarch_skip_prologue (current_gdbarch, pc);
5217 }
5218 }
5219 }
5220 }
5221
5222
5223 if (expanded.nelts <= 1)
5224 {
5225 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero
5226 expanded sals then something is really wrong.
5227 Fix that by returnign the original sal. */
5228 xfree (expanded.sals);
5229 expanded.nelts = 1;
5230 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5231 sal.pc = original_pc;
5232 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5233 return expanded;
5234 }
5235
5236 if (original_pc)
5237 {
5238 found = 0;
5239 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
5240 if (expanded.sals[i].pc == original_pc)
5241 {
5242 found = 1;
5243 break;
5244 }
5245 gdb_assert (found);
5246 }
5247
5248 return expanded;
5249 }
5250
5251 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
5252 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
5253 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
5254 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
5255 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
5256 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
5257 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
5258 we take just a single condition string.
5259
5260 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
5261 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
5262 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
5263 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
5264 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
5265
5266 static void
5267 create_breakpoints (struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char **addr_string,
5268 char *cond_string,
5269 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
5270 int thread, int ignore_count,
5271 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty)
5272 {
5273 int i;
5274 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
5275 {
5276 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded =
5277 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[i]);
5278
5279 create_breakpoint (expanded, addr_string[i],
5280 cond_string, type, disposition,
5281 thread, ignore_count, ops, from_tty);
5282 }
5283
5284 update_global_location_list (1);
5285 }
5286
5287 /* Parse ARG which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
5288 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
5289 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
5290 address strings. ARG points to the end of the SAL. */
5291
5292 static void
5293 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
5294 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
5295 char ***addr_string,
5296 int *not_found_ptr)
5297 {
5298 char *addr_start = *address;
5299 *addr_string = NULL;
5300 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
5301 breakpoint. */
5302 if ((*address) == NULL
5303 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
5304 {
5305 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
5306 {
5307 struct symtab_and_line sal;
5308 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
5309 sals->sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
5310 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5311 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
5312 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
5313 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
5314 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
5315 sals->sals[0] = sal;
5316 sals->nelts = 1;
5317 }
5318 else
5319 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
5320 }
5321 else
5322 {
5323 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
5324 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default). This
5325 should produce the results we want almost all of the time while
5326 leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
5327 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
5328 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
5329
5330 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
5331
5332 if (default_breakpoint_valid
5333 && (!cursal.symtab
5334 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
5335 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
5336 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
5337 default_breakpoint_line, addr_string,
5338 not_found_ptr);
5339 else
5340 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
5341 addr_string, not_found_ptr);
5342 }
5343 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
5344 if (sals->nelts > 0 && *addr_string == NULL)
5345 *addr_string = xcalloc (sals->nelts, sizeof (char **));
5346 if (addr_start != (*address))
5347 {
5348 int i;
5349 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
5350 {
5351 /* Add the string if not present. */
5352 if ((*addr_string)[i] == NULL)
5353 (*addr_string)[i] = savestring (addr_start, (*address) - addr_start);
5354 }
5355 }
5356 }
5357
5358
5359 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
5360 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
5361
5362 static void
5363 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
5364 char *address)
5365 {
5366 int i;
5367 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
5368 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
5369 }
5370
5371 static void
5372 do_captured_parse_breakpoint (struct ui_out *ui, void *data)
5373 {
5374 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args *args = data;
5375
5376 parse_breakpoint_sals (args->arg_p, args->sals_p, args->addr_string_p,
5377 args->not_found_ptr);
5378 }
5379
5380 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
5381 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
5382 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
5383 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
5384 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
5385 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
5386 static void
5387 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
5388 char **cond_string, int *thread)
5389 {
5390 *cond_string = NULL;
5391 *thread = -1;
5392 while (tok && *tok)
5393 {
5394 char *end_tok;
5395 int toklen;
5396 char *cond_start = NULL;
5397 char *cond_end = NULL;
5398 while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
5399 tok++;
5400
5401 end_tok = tok;
5402
5403 while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
5404 end_tok++;
5405
5406 toklen = end_tok - tok;
5407
5408 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
5409 {
5410 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
5411 parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
5412 cond_end = tok;
5413 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start,
5414 cond_end - cond_start);
5415 }
5416 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
5417 {
5418 char *tmptok;
5419
5420 tok = end_tok + 1;
5421 tmptok = tok;
5422 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
5423 if (tok == tmptok)
5424 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
5425 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
5426 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
5427 }
5428 else
5429 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
5430 }
5431 }
5432
5433 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between
5434 CLI and MI functions for setting a breakpoint.
5435 This function has two major modes of operations,
5436 selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD parameter.
5437 If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
5438 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise,
5439 ARG is just the location of breakpoint, with condition
5440 and thread specified by the COND_STRING and THREAD
5441 parameters. */
5442
5443 static void
5444 break_command_really (char *arg, char *cond_string, int thread,
5445 int parse_condition_and_thread,
5446 int tempflag, int hardwareflag,
5447 int ignore_count,
5448 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
5449 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
5450 int from_tty)
5451 {
5452 struct gdb_exception e;
5453 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
5454 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal;
5455 char *copy_arg;
5456 char *err_msg;
5457 char *addr_start = arg;
5458 char **addr_string;
5459 struct cleanup *old_chain;
5460 struct cleanup *breakpoint_chain = NULL;
5461 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args parse_args;
5462 int i;
5463 int pending = 0;
5464 int not_found = 0;
5465
5466 sals.sals = NULL;
5467 sals.nelts = 0;
5468 addr_string = NULL;
5469
5470 parse_args.arg_p = &arg;
5471 parse_args.sals_p = &sals;
5472 parse_args.addr_string_p = &addr_string;
5473 parse_args.not_found_ptr = &not_found;
5474
5475 e = catch_exception (uiout, do_captured_parse_breakpoint,
5476 &parse_args, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5477
5478 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
5479 switch (e.reason)
5480 {
5481 case RETURN_QUIT:
5482 throw_exception (e);
5483 case RETURN_ERROR:
5484 switch (e.error)
5485 {
5486 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
5487
5488 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
5489 error. */
5490
5491 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
5492 throw_exception (e);
5493
5494 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
5495
5496 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
5497 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
5498 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO &&
5499 !nquery ("Make breakpoint pending on future shared library load? "))
5500 return;
5501
5502 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
5503 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
5504 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
5505 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
5506 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
5507 addr_string = &copy_arg;
5508 sals.nelts = 1;
5509 sals.sals = &pending_sal;
5510 pending_sal.pc = 0;
5511 pending = 1;
5512 break;
5513 default:
5514 throw_exception (e);
5515 }
5516 default:
5517 if (!sals.nelts)
5518 return;
5519 }
5520
5521 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
5522 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5523
5524 if (!pending)
5525 {
5526 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
5527 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
5528
5529 /* Cleanup the addr_string array but not its contents. */
5530 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
5531 }
5532
5533 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
5534 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
5535 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
5536 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
5537 breakpoint_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5538
5539 /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup. These go on
5540 the breakpoint_chain and only occure if the breakpoint create
5541 fails. */
5542 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
5543 {
5544 if (addr_string[i] != NULL)
5545 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string[i]);
5546 }
5547
5548 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
5549 are ok for the target. */
5550 if (!pending)
5551 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals, addr_start);
5552
5553 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
5554 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
5555 breakpoint. */
5556 if (!pending)
5557 {
5558 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
5559 {
5560 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
5561 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
5562 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
5563 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
5564 cond_string = NULL;
5565 thread = -1;
5566 find_condition_and_thread (arg, sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string, &thread);
5567 if (cond_string)
5568 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
5569 }
5570 else
5571 {
5572 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
5573 if (cond_string)
5574 {
5575 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
5576 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
5577 }
5578 }
5579 create_breakpoints (sals, addr_string, cond_string,
5580 hardwareflag ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
5581 : bp_breakpoint,
5582 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
5583 thread, ignore_count, ops, from_tty);
5584 }
5585 else
5586 {
5587 struct symtab_and_line sal = {0};
5588 struct breakpoint *b;
5589
5590 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
5591
5592 b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (hardwareflag
5593 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
5594 : bp_breakpoint);
5595 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
5596 b->number = breakpoint_count;
5597 b->thread = -1;
5598 b->addr_string = addr_string[0];
5599 b->cond_string = NULL;
5600 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
5601 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
5602 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
5603 b->ops = ops;
5604
5605 update_global_location_list (1);
5606 mention (b);
5607 }
5608
5609 if (sals.nelts > 1)
5610 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\n"
5611 "Use the \"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
5612 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
5613 breakpoint. */
5614 discard_cleanups (breakpoint_chain);
5615 /* But cleanup everything else. */
5616 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5617 }
5618
5619 /* Set a breakpoint.
5620 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
5621 condition, and thread.
5622 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
5623 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
5624 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
5625
5626 static void
5627 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
5628 {
5629 int hardwareflag = flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG;
5630 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
5631
5632 break_command_really (arg,
5633 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
5634 tempflag, hardwareflag,
5635 0 /* Ignore count */,
5636 pending_break_support,
5637 NULL /* breakpoint_ops */,
5638 from_tty);
5639 }
5640
5641
5642 void
5643 set_breakpoint (char *address, char *condition,
5644 int hardwareflag, int tempflag,
5645 int thread, int ignore_count,
5646 int pending)
5647 {
5648 break_command_really (address, condition, thread,
5649 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
5650 tempflag, hardwareflag,
5651 ignore_count,
5652 pending
5653 ? AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE : AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE,
5654 NULL, 0);
5655 }
5656
5657 /* Adjust SAL to the first instruction past the function prologue.
5658 The end of the prologue is determined using the line table from
5659 the debugging information.
5660
5661 If SAL is already past the prologue, then do nothing. */
5662
5663 static void
5664 skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5665 {
5666 struct symbol *sym = find_pc_function (sal->pc);
5667 struct symtab_and_line start_sal;
5668
5669 if (sym == NULL)
5670 return;
5671
5672 start_sal = find_function_start_sal (sym, 1);
5673 if (sal->pc < start_sal.pc)
5674 *sal = start_sal;
5675 }
5676
5677 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
5678
5679 void
5680 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5681 {
5682 CORE_ADDR pc;
5683
5684 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
5685 {
5686 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
5687 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
5688 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
5689 sal->pc = pc;
5690
5691 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using
5692 a line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
5693 if (sal->explicit_line)
5694 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
5695 }
5696
5697 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
5698 {
5699 struct blockvector *bv;
5700 struct block *b;
5701 struct symbol *sym;
5702
5703 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
5704 if (bv != NULL)
5705 {
5706 sym = block_function (b);
5707 if (sym != NULL)
5708 {
5709 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
5710 sal->section = SYMBOL_BFD_SECTION (sym);
5711 }
5712 else
5713 {
5714 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll just
5715 have to look harder. This case can be executed if we have
5716 line numbers but no functions (as can happen in assembly
5717 source). */
5718
5719 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
5720
5721 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
5722 if (msym)
5723 sal->section = SYMBOL_BFD_SECTION (msym);
5724 }
5725 }
5726 }
5727 }
5728
5729 void
5730 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5731 {
5732 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
5733 }
5734
5735 void
5736 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5737 {
5738 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
5739 }
5740
5741 static void
5742 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5743 {
5744 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
5745 }
5746
5747 static void
5748 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5749 {
5750 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
5751 }
5752
5753 static void
5754 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5755 {
5756 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
5757 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
5758 stop at <line>\n"));
5759 }
5760
5761 static void
5762 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5763 {
5764 int badInput = 0;
5765
5766 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
5767 badInput = 1;
5768 else if (*arg != '*')
5769 {
5770 char *argptr = arg;
5771 int hasColon = 0;
5772
5773 /* look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
5774 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
5775 function/method name */
5776 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
5777 {
5778 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
5779 argptr++;
5780 }
5781
5782 if (hasColon)
5783 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
5784 else
5785 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
5786 }
5787
5788 if (badInput)
5789 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
5790 else
5791 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
5792 }
5793
5794 static void
5795 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5796 {
5797 int badInput = 0;
5798
5799 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
5800 badInput = 1;
5801 else
5802 {
5803 char *argptr = arg;
5804 int hasColon = 0;
5805
5806 /* look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
5807 it is probably a line number. */
5808 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
5809 {
5810 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
5811 argptr++;
5812 }
5813
5814 if (hasColon)
5815 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
5816 else
5817 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
5818 }
5819
5820 if (badInput)
5821 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
5822 else
5823 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
5824 }
5825
5826 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
5827 hw_read: watch read,
5828 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
5829 static void
5830 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
5831 {
5832 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
5833 struct symtab_and_line sal;
5834 struct expression *exp;
5835 struct block *exp_valid_block;
5836 struct value *val, *mark;
5837 struct frame_info *frame;
5838 struct frame_info *prev_frame = NULL;
5839 char *exp_start = NULL;
5840 char *exp_end = NULL;
5841 char *tok, *id_tok_start, *end_tok;
5842 int toklen;
5843 char *cond_start = NULL;
5844 char *cond_end = NULL;
5845 struct expression *cond = NULL;
5846 int i, other_type_used, target_resources_ok = 0;
5847 enum bptype bp_type;
5848 int mem_cnt = 0;
5849 int thread = -1;
5850
5851 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
5852
5853 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
5854 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
5855 {
5856 toklen = strlen (arg); /* Size of argument list. */
5857
5858 /* Points tok to the end of the argument list. */
5859 tok = arg + toklen - 1;
5860
5861 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip the last parameter.
5862 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, this should
5863 be the thread identifier. */
5864 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
5865 tok--;
5866 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
5867 tok--;
5868
5869 /* Points end_tok to the beginning of the last token. */
5870 id_tok_start = tok + 1;
5871
5872 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip one more parameter.
5873 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, we should
5874 reach a "thread" token. */
5875 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
5876 tok--;
5877
5878 end_tok = tok;
5879
5880 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
5881 tok--;
5882
5883 /* Move the pointer forward to skip the whitespace and
5884 calculate the length of the token. */
5885 tok++;
5886 toklen = end_tok - tok;
5887
5888 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
5889 {
5890 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
5891 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
5892 only in a specific thread. */
5893 char *endp;
5894
5895 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
5896 thread = strtol (id_tok_start, &endp, 0);
5897
5898 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
5899 thread ID. */
5900 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
5901 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), id_tok_start);
5902
5903 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
5904 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
5905 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
5906
5907 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the thread <thread_num>
5908 parameter before the parameter list is parsed by the
5909 evaluate_expression() function. */
5910 *tok = '\0';
5911 }
5912 }
5913
5914 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
5915 innermost_block = NULL;
5916 exp_start = arg;
5917 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
5918 exp_end = arg;
5919 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
5920 mark = value_mark ();
5921 fetch_watchpoint_value (exp, &val, NULL, NULL);
5922 if (val != NULL)
5923 release_value (val);
5924
5925 tok = arg;
5926 while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
5927 tok++;
5928 end_tok = tok;
5929
5930 while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
5931 end_tok++;
5932
5933 toklen = end_tok - tok;
5934 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
5935 {
5936 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
5937 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
5938 cond_end = tok;
5939 }
5940 if (*tok)
5941 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
5942
5943 if (accessflag == hw_read)
5944 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
5945 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
5946 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
5947 else
5948 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
5949
5950 mem_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val);
5951 if (mem_cnt == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5952 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint."));
5953 if (mem_cnt != 0)
5954 {
5955 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_type, &other_type_used);
5956 target_resources_ok =
5957 TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (bp_type, i + mem_cnt,
5958 other_type_used);
5959 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5960 error (_("Target does not support this type of hardware watchpoint."));
5961
5962 if (target_resources_ok < 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5963 error (_("Target can only support one kind of HW watchpoint at a time."));
5964 }
5965
5966 /* Change the type of breakpoint to an ordinary watchpoint if a hardware
5967 watchpoint could not be set. */
5968 if (!mem_cnt || target_resources_ok <= 0)
5969 bp_type = bp_watchpoint;
5970
5971 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
5972 if (frame)
5973 prev_frame = get_prev_frame (frame);
5974 else
5975 prev_frame = NULL;
5976
5977 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
5978 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
5979 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
5980 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
5981 if (innermost_block && prev_frame)
5982 {
5983 scope_breakpoint = create_internal_breakpoint (get_frame_pc (prev_frame),
5984 bp_watchpoint_scope);
5985
5986 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5987
5988 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
5989 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
5990
5991 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
5992 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = get_frame_id (prev_frame);
5993
5994 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
5995 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
5996 = get_frame_pc (prev_frame);
5997 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
5998 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
5999 scope_breakpoint->type);
6000 }
6001
6002 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
6003 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_type);
6004 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6005 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6006 b->thread = thread;
6007 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
6008 b->exp = exp;
6009 b->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
6010 b->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
6011 b->val = val;
6012 b->val_valid = 1;
6013 b->loc->cond = cond;
6014 if (cond_start)
6015 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
6016 else
6017 b->cond_string = 0;
6018
6019 if (frame)
6020 b->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
6021 else
6022 b->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
6023
6024 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
6025 {
6026 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
6027 need to act on them together. */
6028 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
6029 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
6030 }
6031
6032 value_free_to_mark (mark);
6033 mention (b);
6034 update_global_location_list (1);
6035 }
6036
6037 /* Return count of locations need to be watched and can be handled
6038 in hardware. If the watchpoint can not be handled
6039 in hardware return zero. */
6040
6041 static int
6042 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
6043 {
6044 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
6045 struct value *head = v;
6046
6047 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
6048 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
6049 return 0;
6050
6051 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
6052 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
6053 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
6054 hardware watchpoint.
6055
6056 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
6057 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
6058 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
6059 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
6060 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
6061 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
6062 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
6063 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
6064 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
6065
6066 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
6067 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
6068 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
6069 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
6070 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
6071 {
6072 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
6073 {
6074 if (value_lazy (v))
6075 /* A lazy memory lvalue is one that GDB never needed to fetch;
6076 we either just used its address (e.g., `a' in `a.b') or
6077 we never needed it at all (e.g., `a' in `a,b'). */
6078 ;
6079 else
6080 {
6081 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
6082 it with hardware watchpoints. */
6083 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
6084
6085 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
6086 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
6087 middle of some value chain. */
6088 if (v == head
6089 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
6090 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
6091 {
6092 CORE_ADDR vaddr = VALUE_ADDRESS (v) + value_offset (v);
6093 int len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
6094
6095 if (!TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (vaddr, len))
6096 return 0;
6097 else
6098 found_memory_cnt++;
6099 }
6100 }
6101 }
6102 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
6103 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
6104 return 0; /* ??? What does this represent? */
6105 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
6106 return 0; /* cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint */
6107 }
6108
6109 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
6110 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
6111 return found_memory_cnt;
6112 }
6113
6114 void
6115 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6116 {
6117 watch_command (arg, from_tty);
6118 }
6119
6120 static void
6121 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6122 {
6123 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
6124 }
6125
6126 void
6127 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6128 {
6129 rwatch_command (arg, from_tty);
6130 }
6131
6132 static void
6133 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6134 {
6135 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
6136 }
6137
6138 void
6139 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6140 {
6141 awatch_command (arg, from_tty);
6142 }
6143
6144 static void
6145 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6146 {
6147 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
6148 }
6149 \f
6150
6151 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
6152 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
6153
6154 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
6155 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
6156 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
6157 command. */
6158 static void
6159 until_break_command_continuation (struct continuation_arg *arg, int error)
6160 {
6161 delete_breakpoint ((struct breakpoint *)(arg->data.pointer));
6162 if (arg->next)
6163 delete_breakpoint ((struct breakpoint *)(arg->next->data.pointer));
6164 }
6165
6166 void
6167 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
6168 {
6169 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
6170 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6171 struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
6172 struct frame_info *prev_frame = get_prev_frame (frame);
6173 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
6174 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
6175 struct cleanup *old_chain;
6176 struct continuation_arg *arg1;
6177 struct continuation_arg *arg2;
6178
6179
6180 clear_proceed_status ();
6181
6182 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
6183 this function */
6184
6185 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
6186 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
6187 default_breakpoint_line, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
6188 else
6189 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL,
6190 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
6191
6192 if (sals.nelts != 1)
6193 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
6194
6195 sal = sals.sals[0];
6196 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed */
6197
6198 if (*arg)
6199 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6200
6201 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
6202
6203 if (anywhere)
6204 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
6205 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
6206 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, null_frame_id, bp_until);
6207 else
6208 /* Otherwise, specify the current frame, because we want to stop only
6209 at the very same frame. */
6210 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, get_frame_id (frame),
6211 bp_until);
6212
6213 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
6214
6215 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
6216 one. */
6217 if (prev_frame)
6218 {
6219 sal = find_pc_line (get_frame_pc (prev_frame), 0);
6220 sal.pc = get_frame_pc (prev_frame);
6221 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, get_frame_id (prev_frame),
6222 bp_until);
6223 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
6224 }
6225
6226 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
6227
6228 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has actually
6229 managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to be
6230 deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already stopped and
6231 delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
6232
6233 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
6234 {
6235 arg1 =
6236 (struct continuation_arg *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct continuation_arg));
6237 arg1->next = NULL;
6238 arg1->data.pointer = breakpoint;
6239
6240 if (breakpoint2)
6241 {
6242 arg2 = (struct continuation_arg *)
6243 xmalloc ( sizeof (struct continuation_arg));
6244 arg2->next = NULL;
6245 arg2->data.pointer = breakpoint2;
6246 arg1->next = arg2;
6247 }
6248
6249 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
6250 add_continuation (until_break_command_continuation, arg1);
6251 }
6252 else
6253 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6254 }
6255
6256 static void
6257 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s)
6258 {
6259 if ((s == NULL) || (*s == NULL))
6260 return;
6261 while (isspace (**s))
6262 *s += 1;
6263 }
6264
6265 /* This function examines a string, and attempts to find a token
6266 that might be an event name in the leading characters. If a
6267 possible match is found, a pointer to the last character of
6268 the token is returned. Else, NULL is returned. */
6269
6270 static char *
6271 ep_find_event_name_end (char *arg)
6272 {
6273 char *s = arg;
6274 char *event_name_end = NULL;
6275
6276 /* If we could depend upon the presense of strrpbrk, we'd use that... */
6277 if (arg == NULL)
6278 return NULL;
6279
6280 /* We break out of the loop when we find a token delimiter.
6281 Basically, we're looking for alphanumerics and underscores;
6282 anything else delimites the token. */
6283 while (*s != '\0')
6284 {
6285 if (!isalnum (*s) && (*s != '_'))
6286 break;
6287 event_name_end = s;
6288 s++;
6289 }
6290
6291 return event_name_end;
6292 }
6293
6294
6295 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
6296 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
6297
6298 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
6299 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
6300 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
6301 if clause in the arg string. */
6302
6303 static char *
6304 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
6305 {
6306 char *cond_string;
6307
6308 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
6309 return NULL;
6310
6311 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
6312 (*arg) += 2;
6313
6314 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
6315 condition string. */
6316 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (arg);
6317 cond_string = *arg;
6318
6319 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg string. */
6320 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
6321
6322 return cond_string;
6323 }
6324
6325 /* This function attempts to parse an optional filename from the arg
6326 string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
6327
6328 Else, it returns a pointer to the parsed filename. (This function
6329 makes no attempt to verify that a file of that name exists, or is
6330 accessible.) And, it updates arg to point to the first character
6331 following the parsed filename in the arg string.
6332
6333 Note that clients needing to preserve the returned filename for
6334 future access should copy it to their own buffers. */
6335 static char *
6336 ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg)
6337 {
6338 static char filename[1024];
6339 char *arg_p = *arg;
6340 int i;
6341 char c;
6342
6343 if ((*arg_p == '\0') || isspace (*arg_p))
6344 return NULL;
6345
6346 for (i = 0;; i++)
6347 {
6348 c = *arg_p;
6349 if (isspace (c))
6350 c = '\0';
6351 filename[i] = c;
6352 if (c == '\0')
6353 break;
6354 arg_p++;
6355 }
6356 *arg = arg_p;
6357
6358 return filename;
6359 }
6360
6361 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
6362 process start/exit, etc. */
6363
6364 typedef enum
6365 {
6366 catch_fork, catch_vfork
6367 }
6368 catch_fork_kind;
6369
6370 static void
6371 catch_fork_command_1 (catch_fork_kind fork_kind, char *arg, int tempflag,
6372 int from_tty)
6373 {
6374 char *cond_string = NULL;
6375
6376 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6377
6378 /* The allowed syntax is:
6379 catch [v]fork
6380 catch [v]fork if <cond>
6381
6382 First, check if there's an if clause. */
6383 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6384
6385 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6386 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6387
6388 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
6389 and enable reporting of such events. */
6390 switch (fork_kind)
6391 {
6392 case catch_fork:
6393 create_fork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string);
6394 break;
6395 case catch_vfork:
6396 create_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string);
6397 break;
6398 default:
6399 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
6400 break;
6401 }
6402 }
6403
6404 static void
6405 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6406 {
6407 char *cond_string = NULL;
6408
6409 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6410
6411 /* The allowed syntax is:
6412 catch exec
6413 catch exec if <cond>
6414
6415 First, check if there's an if clause. */
6416 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6417
6418 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6419 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6420
6421 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
6422 and enable reporting of such events. */
6423 create_exec_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string);
6424 }
6425
6426 static void
6427 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6428 {
6429 char *dll_pathname = NULL;
6430 char *cond_string = NULL;
6431
6432 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6433
6434 /* The allowed syntax is:
6435 catch load
6436 catch load if <cond>
6437 catch load <filename>
6438 catch load <filename> if <cond>
6439
6440 The user is not allowed to specify the <filename> after an
6441 if clause.
6442
6443 We'll ignore the pathological case of a file named "if".
6444
6445 First, check if there's an if clause. If so, then there
6446 cannot be a filename. */
6447 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6448
6449 /* If there was an if clause, then there cannot be a filename.
6450 Else, there might be a filename and an if clause. */
6451 if (cond_string == NULL)
6452 {
6453 dll_pathname = ep_parse_optional_filename (&arg);
6454 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6455 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6456 }
6457
6458 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6459 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6460
6461 /* Create a load breakpoint that only triggers when a load of
6462 the specified dll (or any dll, if no pathname was specified)
6463 occurs. */
6464 SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_LOAD_HOOK (PIDGET (inferior_ptid), tempflag,
6465 dll_pathname, cond_string);
6466 }
6467
6468 static void
6469 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6470 {
6471 char *dll_pathname = NULL;
6472 char *cond_string = NULL;
6473
6474 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6475
6476 /* The allowed syntax is:
6477 catch unload
6478 catch unload if <cond>
6479 catch unload <filename>
6480 catch unload <filename> if <cond>
6481
6482 The user is not allowed to specify the <filename> after an
6483 if clause.
6484
6485 We'll ignore the pathological case of a file named "if".
6486
6487 First, check if there's an if clause. If so, then there
6488 cannot be a filename. */
6489 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6490
6491 /* If there was an if clause, then there cannot be a filename.
6492 Else, there might be a filename and an if clause. */
6493 if (cond_string == NULL)
6494 {
6495 dll_pathname = ep_parse_optional_filename (&arg);
6496 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6497 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6498 }
6499
6500 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6501 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6502
6503 /* Create an unload breakpoint that only triggers when an unload of
6504 the specified dll (or any dll, if no pathname was specified)
6505 occurs. */
6506 SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_UNLOAD_HOOK (PIDGET (inferior_ptid), tempflag,
6507 dll_pathname, cond_string);
6508 }
6509
6510 static enum print_stop_action
6511 print_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
6512 {
6513 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
6514
6515 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6516
6517 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
6518 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
6519 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
6520 b->loc->address,
6521 b->number, 1);
6522 bp_temp = b->loc->owner->disposition == disp_del;
6523 ui_out_text (uiout,
6524 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
6525 : "Catchpoint ");
6526 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6527 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6528 ui_out_text (uiout,
6529 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
6530 : " (exception caught), ");
6531 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6532 {
6533 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6534 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
6535 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6536 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6537 }
6538 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6539 }
6540
6541 static void
6542 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
6543 {
6544 if (addressprint)
6545 {
6546 annotate_field (4);
6547 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
6548 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6549 else
6550 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr", b->loc->address);
6551 }
6552 annotate_field (5);
6553 if (b->loc)
6554 *last_addr = b->loc->address;
6555 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
6556 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
6557 else
6558 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
6559 }
6560
6561 static void
6562 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
6563 {
6564 int bp_temp;
6565 int bp_throw;
6566
6567 bp_temp = b->loc->owner->disposition == disp_del;
6568 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
6569 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
6570 : _("Catchpoint "));
6571 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6572 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
6573 : _(" (catch)"));
6574 }
6575
6576 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops = {
6577 print_exception_catchpoint,
6578 print_one_exception_catchpoint,
6579 print_mention_exception_catchpoint
6580 };
6581
6582 static int
6583 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
6584 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
6585 {
6586 char *trigger_func_name;
6587
6588 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
6589 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
6590 else
6591 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
6592
6593 break_command_really (trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1,
6594 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
6595 tempflag, 0,
6596 0,
6597 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
6598 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty);
6599
6600 return 1;
6601 }
6602
6603 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands */
6604
6605 static void
6606 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
6607 int tempflag, int from_tty)
6608 {
6609 char *cond_string = NULL;
6610 struct symtab_and_line *sal = NULL;
6611
6612 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6613
6614 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6615
6616 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6617 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6618
6619 if ((ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW) &&
6620 (ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH))
6621 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
6622
6623 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
6624 return;
6625
6626 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
6627 }
6628
6629 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
6630
6631 static void
6632 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal,
6633 char *addr_string,
6634 char *exp_string,
6635 char *cond_string,
6636 struct expression *cond,
6637 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
6638 int tempflag,
6639 int from_tty)
6640 {
6641 struct breakpoint *b;
6642
6643 if (from_tty)
6644 {
6645 describe_other_breakpoints (sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
6646 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
6647 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
6648 used for different exception names will use the same address.
6649 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
6650 unproductive. Besides. the warning phrasing is also a bit
6651 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
6652 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
6653 enough for now, though. */
6654 }
6655
6656 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_breakpoint);
6657 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6658
6659 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6660 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6661 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6662 b->ignore_count = 0;
6663 b->loc->cond = cond;
6664 b->addr_string = addr_string;
6665 b->language = language_ada;
6666 b->cond_string = cond_string;
6667 b->exp_string = exp_string;
6668 b->thread = -1;
6669 b->ops = ops;
6670
6671 mention (b);
6672 update_global_location_list (1);
6673 }
6674
6675 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
6676
6677 static void
6678 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6679 {
6680 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6681 enum bptype type;
6682 char *addr_string = NULL;
6683 char *exp_string = NULL;
6684 char *cond_string = NULL;
6685 struct expression *cond = NULL;
6686 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
6687
6688 sal = ada_decode_exception_location (arg, &addr_string, &exp_string,
6689 &cond_string, &cond, &ops);
6690 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (sal, addr_string, exp_string,
6691 cond_string, cond, ops, tempflag,
6692 from_tty);
6693 }
6694
6695 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
6696
6697 static void
6698 catch_assert_command (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6699 {
6700 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6701 char *addr_string = NULL;
6702 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
6703
6704 sal = ada_decode_assert_location (arg, &addr_string, &ops);
6705 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (sal, addr_string, NULL, NULL, NULL, ops,
6706 tempflag, from_tty);
6707 }
6708
6709 static void
6710 catch_command_1 (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6711 {
6712
6713 /* The first argument may be an event name, such as "start" or "load".
6714 If so, then handle it as such. If it doesn't match an event name,
6715 then attempt to interpret it as an exception name. (This latter is
6716 the v4.16-and-earlier GDB meaning of the "catch" command.)
6717
6718 First, try to find the bounds of what might be an event name. */
6719 char *arg1_start = arg;
6720 char *arg1_end;
6721 int arg1_length;
6722
6723 if (arg1_start == NULL)
6724 {
6725 /* Old behaviour was to use pre-v-4.16 syntax */
6726 /* catch_throw_command_1 (arg1_start, tempflag, from_tty); */
6727 /* return; */
6728 /* Now, this is not allowed */
6729 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
6730
6731 }
6732 arg1_end = ep_find_event_name_end (arg1_start);
6733 if (arg1_end == NULL)
6734 error (_("catch requires an event"));
6735 arg1_length = arg1_end + 1 - arg1_start;
6736
6737 /* Try to match what we found against known event names. */
6738 if (strncmp (arg1_start, "signal", arg1_length) == 0)
6739 {
6740 error (_("Catch of signal not yet implemented"));
6741 }
6742 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "catch", arg1_length) == 0)
6743 {
6744 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg1_end + 1,
6745 tempflag, from_tty);
6746 }
6747 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "throw", arg1_length) == 0)
6748 {
6749 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg1_end + 1,
6750 tempflag, from_tty);
6751 }
6752 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "thread_start", arg1_length) == 0)
6753 {
6754 error (_("Catch of thread_start not yet implemented"));
6755 }
6756 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "thread_exit", arg1_length) == 0)
6757 {
6758 error (_("Catch of thread_exit not yet implemented"));
6759 }
6760 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "thread_join", arg1_length) == 0)
6761 {
6762 error (_("Catch of thread_join not yet implemented"));
6763 }
6764 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "start", arg1_length) == 0)
6765 {
6766 error (_("Catch of start not yet implemented"));
6767 }
6768 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "exit", arg1_length) == 0)
6769 {
6770 error (_("Catch of exit not yet implemented"));
6771 }
6772 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "fork", arg1_length) == 0)
6773 {
6774 catch_fork_command_1 (catch_fork, arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6775 }
6776 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "vfork", arg1_length) == 0)
6777 {
6778 catch_fork_command_1 (catch_vfork, arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6779 }
6780 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "exec", arg1_length) == 0)
6781 {
6782 catch_exec_command_1 (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6783 }
6784 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "load", arg1_length) == 0)
6785 {
6786 catch_load_command_1 (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6787 }
6788 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "unload", arg1_length) == 0)
6789 {
6790 catch_unload_command_1 (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6791 }
6792 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "stop", arg1_length) == 0)
6793 {
6794 error (_("Catch of stop not yet implemented"));
6795 }
6796 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "exception", arg1_length) == 0)
6797 {
6798 catch_ada_exception_command (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6799 }
6800
6801 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "assert", arg1_length) == 0)
6802 {
6803 catch_assert_command (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6804 }
6805
6806 /* This doesn't appear to be an event name */
6807
6808 else
6809 {
6810 /* Pre-v.4.16 behaviour was to treat the argument
6811 as the name of an exception */
6812 /* catch_throw_command_1 (arg1_start, tempflag, from_tty); */
6813 /* Now this is not allowed */
6814 error (_("Unknown event kind specified for catch"));
6815
6816 }
6817 }
6818
6819 static void
6820 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6821 {
6822 catch_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
6823 }
6824 \f
6825
6826 static void
6827 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6828 {
6829 catch_command_1 (arg, 1, from_tty);
6830 }
6831
6832 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
6833
6834 static void
6835 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6836 {
6837 struct breakpoint *b;
6838 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
6839 int ix;
6840 int default_match;
6841 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
6842 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6843 int i;
6844
6845 if (arg)
6846 {
6847 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, 1);
6848 default_match = 0;
6849 }
6850 else
6851 {
6852 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
6853 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
6854 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
6855 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
6856 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
6857 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
6858 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
6859 if (sal.symtab == 0)
6860 error (_("No source file specified."));
6861
6862 sals.sals[0] = sal;
6863 sals.nelts = 1;
6864
6865 default_match = 1;
6866 }
6867
6868 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not
6869 as bad as it seems, because all existing breakpoints
6870 typically have both file/line and pc set. So, if
6871 clear is given file/line, we can match this to existing
6872 breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
6873
6874 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
6875 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
6876 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
6877 due to optimization, all in one block.
6878 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
6879 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
6880 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
6881 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
6882 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
6883 to support that. */
6884
6885 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond
6886 to it. Do it in two passes, solely to preserve the current
6887 behavior that from_tty is forced true if we delete more than
6888 one breakpoint. */
6889
6890 found = NULL;
6891 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
6892 {
6893 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
6894 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
6895 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
6896 or at default pc.
6897
6898 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
6899
6900 0 1 pc
6901 1 1 pc _and_ line
6902 0 0 line
6903 1 0 <can't happen> */
6904
6905 sal = sals.sals[i];
6906
6907 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to
6908 'found'. */
6909 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6910 {
6911 int match = 0;
6912 /* Are we going to delete b? */
6913 if (b->type != bp_none
6914 && b->type != bp_watchpoint
6915 && b->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
6916 && b->type != bp_read_watchpoint
6917 && b->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
6918 {
6919 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
6920 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
6921 {
6922 int pc_match = sal.pc
6923 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
6924 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
6925 || loc->section == sal.section);
6926 int line_match = ((default_match || (0 == sal.pc))
6927 && b->source_file != NULL
6928 && sal.symtab != NULL
6929 && strcmp (b->source_file, sal.symtab->filename) == 0
6930 && b->line_number == sal.line);
6931 if (pc_match || line_match)
6932 {
6933 match = 1;
6934 break;
6935 }
6936 }
6937 }
6938
6939 if (match)
6940 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
6941 }
6942 }
6943 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
6944 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
6945 {
6946 if (arg)
6947 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
6948 else
6949 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
6950 }
6951
6952 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
6953 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one */
6954 if (from_tty)
6955 {
6956 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
6957 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
6958 else
6959 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
6960 }
6961 breakpoints_changed ();
6962
6963 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
6964 {
6965 if (from_tty)
6966 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
6967 delete_breakpoint (b);
6968 }
6969 if (from_tty)
6970 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
6971 }
6972 \f
6973 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
6974 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
6975 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
6976
6977 void
6978 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
6979 {
6980 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
6981
6982 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
6983 if (bs->breakpoint_at
6984 && bs->breakpoint_at->owner
6985 && bs->breakpoint_at->owner->disposition == disp_del
6986 && bs->stop)
6987 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at->owner);
6988
6989 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
6990 {
6991 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
6992 delete_breakpoint (b);
6993 }
6994 }
6995
6996 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is true, do not insert any breakpoint locations
6997 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
6998 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
6999 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
7000 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
7001 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
7002 returns true on them.
7003
7004 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
7005 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
7006 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
7007 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
7008 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
7009 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
7010
7011 static void
7012 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
7013 {
7014 struct breakpoint *b;
7015 struct bp_location **next = &bp_location_chain;
7016 struct bp_location *loc;
7017 struct bp_location *loc2;
7018 struct gdb_exception e;
7019 VEC(bp_location_p) *old_locations = NULL;
7020 int ret;
7021 int ix;
7022
7023 /* Store old locations for future reference. */
7024 for (loc = bp_location_chain; loc; loc = loc->global_next)
7025 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, old_locations, loc);
7026
7027 bp_location_chain = NULL;
7028 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7029 {
7030 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
7031 {
7032 *next = loc;
7033 next = &(loc->global_next);
7034 *next = NULL;
7035 }
7036 }
7037
7038 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the new
7039 list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not necessary that
7040 those locations should be removed from inferior -- if there's another
7041 location at the same address (previously marked as duplicate),
7042 we don't need to remove/insert the location. */
7043 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(bp_location_p, old_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
7044 {
7045 /* Tells if 'loc' is found amoung the new locations. If not, we
7046 have to free it. */
7047 int found_object = 0;
7048 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
7049 int keep_in_target = 0;
7050 int removed = 0;
7051 for (loc2 = bp_location_chain; loc2; loc2 = loc2->global_next)
7052 if (loc2 == loc)
7053 {
7054 found_object = 1;
7055 break;
7056 }
7057
7058 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if there's
7059 maybe a new location at the same address. If so, mark that one
7060 inserted, and don't remove this one. This is needed so that we
7061 don't have a time window where a breakpoint at certain location is not
7062 inserted. */
7063
7064 if (loc->inserted)
7065 {
7066 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove it. */
7067
7068 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (loc))
7069 {
7070 /* The location is still present in the location list, and still
7071 should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
7072 keep_in_target = 1;
7073 }
7074 else
7075 {
7076 /* The location is either no longer present, or got disabled.
7077 See if there's another location at the same address, in which
7078 case we don't need to remove this one from the target. */
7079 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc->owner))
7080 for (loc2 = bp_location_chain; loc2; loc2 = loc2->global_next)
7081 {
7082 /* For the sake of should_insert_location. The
7083 call to check_duplicates will fix up this later. */
7084 loc2->duplicate = 0;
7085 if (should_be_inserted (loc2)
7086 && loc2 != loc && loc2->address == loc->address)
7087 {
7088 loc2->inserted = 1;
7089 loc2->target_info = loc->target_info;
7090 keep_in_target = 1;
7091 break;
7092 }
7093 }
7094 }
7095
7096 if (!keep_in_target)
7097 {
7098 if (remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted))
7099 {
7100 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep this
7101 location on the global list, and try to remove it next
7102 time, but there's no particular reason why we will
7103 succeed next time.
7104
7105 Note that at this point, loc->owner is still valid,
7106 as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint only
7107 after calling us. */
7108 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing breakpoint %d\n"),
7109 loc->owner->number);
7110 }
7111 removed = 1;
7112 }
7113 }
7114
7115 if (!found_object)
7116 {
7117 if (removed)
7118 {
7119 /* This location was removed from the targets. In non-stop mode,
7120 a race condition is possible where we've removed a breakpoint,
7121 but stop events for that breakpoint are already queued and will
7122 arrive later. To suppress spurious SIGTRAPs reported to user,
7123 we keep this breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
7124 after we see 3 * thread_count events.
7125 The theory here is that reporting of events should,
7126 "on the average", be fair, so after that many event we'll see
7127 events from all threads that have anything of interest, and no
7128 longer need to keep this breakpoint. This is just a
7129 heuristic, but if it's wrong, we'll report unexpected SIGTRAP,
7130 which is usability issue, but not a correctness problem. */
7131 loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
7132 loc->owner = NULL;
7133 }
7134
7135 free_bp_location (loc);
7136 }
7137 }
7138
7139 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7140 {
7141 check_duplicates (b);
7142 }
7143
7144 if (always_inserted_mode && should_insert && target_has_execution)
7145 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
7146 }
7147
7148 void
7149 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
7150 {
7151 struct bp_location *loc;
7152 int ix;
7153
7154 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
7155 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
7156 {
7157 free_bp_location (loc);
7158 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
7159 --ix;
7160 }
7161 }
7162
7163 static void
7164 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
7165 {
7166 struct gdb_exception e;
7167 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7168 update_global_location_list (inserting);
7169 }
7170
7171 /* Clear BPT from a BPS. */
7172 static void
7173 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
7174 {
7175 bpstat bs;
7176 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
7177 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->owner == bpt)
7178 {
7179 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
7180 bs->old_val = NULL;
7181 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
7182 }
7183 }
7184
7185 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
7186 static int
7187 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
7188 {
7189 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
7190 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (th->stop_bpstat, bpt);
7191 return 0;
7192 }
7193
7194 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
7195 structures. */
7196
7197 void
7198 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7199 {
7200 struct breakpoint *b;
7201 struct bp_location *loc, *next;
7202
7203 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
7204
7205 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because multiple
7206 lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are especial culprits.
7207
7208 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When the
7209 scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of scope, and
7210 delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the scope bp is marked
7211 "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat. That bpstat is then
7212 checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are deleted.
7213
7214 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in bp's,
7215 and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing bpstat's, and
7216 teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's storage when no more
7217 references were extent. A cheaper bandaid was chosen. */
7218 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
7219 return;
7220
7221 if (deprecated_delete_breakpoint_hook)
7222 deprecated_delete_breakpoint_hook (bpt);
7223 breakpoint_delete_event (bpt->number);
7224
7225 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
7226 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
7227
7228 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7229 if (b->next == bpt)
7230 {
7231 b->next = bpt->next;
7232 break;
7233 }
7234
7235 free_command_lines (&bpt->commands);
7236 if (bpt->cond_string != NULL)
7237 xfree (bpt->cond_string);
7238 if (bpt->addr_string != NULL)
7239 xfree (bpt->addr_string);
7240 if (bpt->exp != NULL)
7241 xfree (bpt->exp);
7242 if (bpt->exp_string != NULL)
7243 xfree (bpt->exp_string);
7244 if (bpt->val != NULL)
7245 value_free (bpt->val);
7246 if (bpt->source_file != NULL)
7247 xfree (bpt->source_file);
7248 if (bpt->dll_pathname != NULL)
7249 xfree (bpt->dll_pathname);
7250 if (bpt->triggered_dll_pathname != NULL)
7251 xfree (bpt->triggered_dll_pathname);
7252 if (bpt->exec_pathname != NULL)
7253 xfree (bpt->exec_pathname);
7254
7255 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at it after it's been freed. */
7256 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's?
7257 We just check stop_bpstat for now. Note that we cannot just
7258 remove bpstats pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list
7259 entirely, as breakpoint commands are associated with the bpstat;
7260 if we remove it here, then the later call to
7261 bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat);
7262 in event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints
7263 with commands won't work. */
7264
7265 /* Clear the current context. */
7266 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (stop_bpstat, bpt);
7267 /* And from all threads. */
7268 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
7269
7270 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint
7271 list, update the global location list. This
7272 will remove locations that used to belong to
7273 this breakpoint. Do this before freeing
7274 the breakpoint itself, since remove_breakpoint
7275 looks at location's owner. It might be better
7276 design to have location completely self-contained,
7277 but it's not the case now. */
7278 update_global_location_list (0);
7279
7280
7281 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this same
7282 bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
7283 bpt->type = bp_none;
7284
7285 xfree (bpt);
7286 }
7287
7288 static void
7289 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
7290 {
7291 delete_breakpoint (b);
7292 }
7293
7294 struct cleanup *
7295 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
7296 {
7297 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
7298 }
7299
7300 void
7301 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
7302 {
7303 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
7304
7305 dont_repeat ();
7306
7307 if (arg == 0)
7308 {
7309 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
7310
7311 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
7312 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
7313 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
7314 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7315 {
7316 if (b->type != bp_call_dummy &&
7317 b->type != bp_shlib_event &&
7318 b->type != bp_thread_event &&
7319 b->type != bp_overlay_event &&
7320 b->number >= 0)
7321 {
7322 breaks_to_delete = 1;
7323 break;
7324 }
7325 }
7326
7327 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
7328 if (!from_tty
7329 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
7330 {
7331 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
7332 {
7333 if (b->type != bp_call_dummy &&
7334 b->type != bp_shlib_event &&
7335 b->type != bp_thread_event &&
7336 b->type != bp_overlay_event &&
7337 b->number >= 0)
7338 delete_breakpoint (b);
7339 }
7340 }
7341 }
7342 else
7343 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, delete_breakpoint);
7344 }
7345
7346 static int
7347 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
7348 {
7349 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
7350 if (!loc->shlib_disabled)
7351 return 0;
7352 return 1;
7353 }
7354
7355 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
7356 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
7357 Null names are ignored. */
7358
7359 static int
7360 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
7361 {
7362 struct bp_location *l;
7363 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
7364 (int (*) (const void *, const void *)) streq,
7365 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
7366
7367 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
7368 {
7369 const char **slot;
7370 const char *name = l->function_name;
7371
7372 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
7373 if (name == NULL)
7374 continue;
7375
7376 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
7377 INSERT);
7378 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never returns
7379 NULL. */
7380 if (*slot != NULL)
7381 {
7382 htab_delete (htab);
7383 return 1;
7384 }
7385 *slot = name;
7386 }
7387
7388 htab_delete (htab);
7389 return 0;
7390 }
7391
7392 static void
7393 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
7394 struct symtabs_and_lines sals)
7395 {
7396 int i;
7397 char *s;
7398 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
7399
7400 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations
7401 are pending, don't do anything. This optimizes
7402 the common case where all locations are in the same
7403 shared library, that was unloaded. We'd like to
7404 retain the location, so that when the library
7405 is loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled
7406 status of the individual locations. */
7407 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
7408 return;
7409
7410 b->loc = NULL;
7411
7412 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7413 {
7414 struct bp_location *new_loc =
7415 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, b->type, &(sals.sals[i]));
7416
7417 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
7418 old symtab. */
7419 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
7420 {
7421 struct gdb_exception e;
7422
7423 s = b->cond_string;
7424 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7425 {
7426 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
7427 0);
7428 }
7429 if (e.reason < 0)
7430 {
7431 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition for breakpoint %d: %s"),
7432 b->number, e.message);
7433 new_loc->enabled = 0;
7434 }
7435 }
7436
7437 if (b->source_file != NULL)
7438 xfree (b->source_file);
7439 if (sals.sals[i].symtab == NULL)
7440 b->source_file = NULL;
7441 else
7442 b->source_file =
7443 savestring (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename,
7444 strlen (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename));
7445
7446 if (b->line_number == 0)
7447 b->line_number = sals.sals[i].line;
7448 }
7449
7450 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing breakpoints. */
7451 {
7452 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
7453 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
7454 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
7455 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
7456 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
7457 often enough until a better solution is found. */
7458 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
7459
7460 for (; e; e = e->next)
7461 {
7462 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
7463 {
7464 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
7465 if (have_ambiguous_names)
7466 {
7467 for (; l; l = l->next)
7468 if (e->address == l->address)
7469 {
7470 l->enabled = 0;
7471 break;
7472 }
7473 }
7474 else
7475 {
7476 for (; l; l = l->next)
7477 if (l->function_name
7478 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
7479 {
7480 l->enabled = 0;
7481 break;
7482 }
7483 }
7484 }
7485 }
7486 }
7487
7488 update_global_location_list (1);
7489 }
7490
7491
7492 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
7493 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
7494 Unused in this case. */
7495
7496 static int
7497 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
7498 {
7499 /* get past catch_errs */
7500 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
7501 struct value *mark;
7502 int i;
7503 int not_found = 0;
7504 int *not_found_ptr = &not_found;
7505 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {};
7506 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
7507 char *s;
7508 enum enable_state save_enable;
7509 struct gdb_exception e;
7510
7511
7512 switch (b->type)
7513 {
7514 case bp_none:
7515 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
7516 b->number);
7517 return 0;
7518 case bp_breakpoint:
7519 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7520 case bp_catch_load:
7521 case bp_catch_unload:
7522 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
7523 {
7524 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
7525 delete_breakpoint (b);
7526 return 0;
7527 }
7528
7529 set_language (b->language);
7530 input_radix = b->input_radix;
7531 s = b->addr_string;
7532 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7533 {
7534 sals = decode_line_1 (&s, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL,
7535 not_found_ptr);
7536 }
7537 if (e.reason < 0)
7538 {
7539 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
7540 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing
7541 will fail until the right shared library is loaded.
7542 User has already told to create pending breakpoints and
7543 don't need extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
7544 state, then user already saw the message about that breakpoint
7545 being disabled, and don't want to see more errors. */
7546 if (not_found
7547 && (b->condition_not_parsed
7548 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
7549 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
7550 not_found_and_ok = 1;
7551
7552 if (!not_found_and_ok)
7553 {
7554 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
7555 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
7556 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
7557 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
7558 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
7559 which approach is better. */
7560 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7561 throw_exception (e);
7562 }
7563 }
7564
7565 if (not_found)
7566 break;
7567
7568 gdb_assert (sals.nelts == 1);
7569 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[0]);
7570 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
7571 {
7572 char *cond_string = 0;
7573 int thread = -1;
7574 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
7575 &cond_string, &thread);
7576 if (cond_string)
7577 b->cond_string = cond_string;
7578 b->thread = thread;
7579 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7580 }
7581 expanded = expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[0]);
7582 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded);
7583
7584 xfree (sals.sals);
7585 break;
7586
7587 case bp_watchpoint:
7588 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7589 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7590 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7591 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global variables,
7592 or it can be on local variables.
7593
7594 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even persist
7595 across program restarts. Since they can use variables from shared
7596 libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries are loaded
7597 and unloaded.
7598
7599 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
7600 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local and
7601 a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint, but
7602 unloading of a shared library will make the expression invalid.
7603 This is not a very common use case, but we still re-evaluate
7604 expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
7605
7606 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
7607 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
7608 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
7609 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
7610
7611 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
7612 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
7613
7614 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
7615 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
7616 update_watchpoint (b, 1 /* reparse */);
7617 break;
7618 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
7619 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
7620 loaded. */
7621 case bp_catch_fork:
7622 case bp_catch_vfork:
7623 case bp_catch_exec:
7624 break;
7625
7626 default:
7627 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b->type);
7628 /* fall through */
7629 /* Delete overlay event breakpoints; they will be reset later by
7630 breakpoint_re_set. */
7631 case bp_overlay_event:
7632 delete_breakpoint (b);
7633 break;
7634
7635 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
7636 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
7637 case bp_shlib_event:
7638
7639 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
7640 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
7641 case bp_thread_event:
7642
7643 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
7644 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
7645 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
7646 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
7647 case bp_until:
7648 case bp_finish:
7649 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7650 case bp_call_dummy:
7651 case bp_step_resume:
7652 case bp_longjmp:
7653 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7654 break;
7655 }
7656
7657 return 0;
7658 }
7659
7660 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
7661 void
7662 breakpoint_re_set (void)
7663 {
7664 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
7665 enum language save_language;
7666 int save_input_radix;
7667
7668 save_language = current_language->la_language;
7669 save_input_radix = input_radix;
7670 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
7671 {
7672 /* Format possible error msg */
7673 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
7674 b->number);
7675 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
7676 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
7677 do_cleanups (cleanups);
7678 }
7679 set_language (save_language);
7680 input_radix = save_input_radix;
7681
7682 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
7683 }
7684 \f
7685 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
7686
7687 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
7688 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
7689 void
7690 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
7691 {
7692 if (b->thread != -1)
7693 {
7694 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
7695 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7696 }
7697 }
7698
7699 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
7700 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
7701 which ends with a period (no newline). */
7702
7703 void
7704 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
7705 {
7706 struct breakpoint *b;
7707
7708 if (count < 0)
7709 count = 0;
7710
7711 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7712 if (b->number == bptnum)
7713 {
7714 b->ignore_count = count;
7715 if (from_tty)
7716 {
7717 if (count == 0)
7718 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time breakpoint %d is reached."),
7719 bptnum);
7720 else if (count == 1)
7721 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
7722 bptnum);
7723 else
7724 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d crossings of breakpoint %d."),
7725 count, bptnum);
7726 }
7727 breakpoints_changed ();
7728 breakpoint_modify_event (b->number);
7729 return;
7730 }
7731
7732 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
7733 }
7734
7735 /* Clear the ignore counts of all breakpoints. */
7736 void
7737 breakpoint_clear_ignore_counts (void)
7738 {
7739 struct breakpoint *b;
7740
7741 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7742 b->ignore_count = 0;
7743 }
7744
7745 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
7746
7747 static void
7748 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7749 {
7750 char *p = args;
7751 int num;
7752
7753 if (p == 0)
7754 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
7755
7756 num = get_number (&p);
7757 if (num == 0)
7758 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
7759 if (*p == 0)
7760 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
7761
7762 set_ignore_count (num,
7763 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
7764 from_tty);
7765 if (from_tty)
7766 printf_filtered ("\n");
7767 }
7768 \f
7769 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
7770 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
7771
7772 static void
7773 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *))
7774 {
7775 char *p = args;
7776 char *p1;
7777 int num;
7778 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
7779 int match;
7780
7781 if (p == 0)
7782 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
7783
7784 while (*p)
7785 {
7786 match = 0;
7787 p1 = p;
7788
7789 num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7790 if (num == 0)
7791 {
7792 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
7793 }
7794 else
7795 {
7796 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
7797 if (b->number == num)
7798 {
7799 struct breakpoint *related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
7800 match = 1;
7801 function (b);
7802 if (related_breakpoint)
7803 function (related_breakpoint);
7804 break;
7805 }
7806 if (match == 0)
7807 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
7808 }
7809 p = p1;
7810 }
7811 }
7812
7813 static struct bp_location *
7814 find_location_by_number (char *number)
7815 {
7816 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
7817 char *p1;
7818 int bp_num;
7819 int loc_num;
7820 struct breakpoint *b;
7821 struct bp_location *loc;
7822
7823 *dot = '\0';
7824
7825 p1 = number;
7826 bp_num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7827 if (bp_num == 0)
7828 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
7829
7830 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7831 if (b->number == bp_num)
7832 {
7833 break;
7834 }
7835
7836 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
7837 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
7838
7839 p1 = dot+1;
7840 loc_num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7841 if (loc_num == 0)
7842 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
7843
7844 --loc_num;
7845 loc = b->loc;
7846 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
7847 ;
7848 if (!loc)
7849 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
7850
7851 return loc;
7852 }
7853
7854
7855 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
7856 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
7857 which ends with a period (no newline). */
7858
7859 void
7860 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7861 {
7862 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
7863 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
7864 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
7865 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
7866 return;
7867
7868 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
7869 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
7870 return;
7871
7872 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7873
7874 update_global_location_list (0);
7875
7876 if (deprecated_modify_breakpoint_hook)
7877 deprecated_modify_breakpoint_hook (bpt);
7878 breakpoint_modify_event (bpt->number);
7879 }
7880
7881 static void
7882 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7883 {
7884 struct breakpoint *bpt;
7885 if (args == 0)
7886 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
7887 switch (bpt->type)
7888 {
7889 case bp_none:
7890 warning (_("attempted to disable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
7891 bpt->number);
7892 continue;
7893 case bp_breakpoint:
7894 case bp_catch_load:
7895 case bp_catch_unload:
7896 case bp_catch_fork:
7897 case bp_catch_vfork:
7898 case bp_catch_exec:
7899 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7900 case bp_watchpoint:
7901 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7902 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7903 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7904 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
7905 default:
7906 continue;
7907 }
7908 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
7909 {
7910 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
7911 if (loc)
7912 loc->enabled = 0;
7913 update_global_location_list (0);
7914 }
7915 else
7916 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, disable_breakpoint);
7917 }
7918
7919 static void
7920 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition)
7921 {
7922 int target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
7923 struct value *mark;
7924
7925 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7926 {
7927 int i;
7928 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7929 target_resources_ok =
7930 TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
7931 i + 1, 0);
7932 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
7933 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7934 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
7935 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7936 }
7937
7938 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint ||
7939 bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
7940 bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
7941 bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
7942 {
7943 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
7944
7945 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
7946 if (bpt->exp_valid_block != NULL)
7947 {
7948 struct frame_info *fr =
7949 fr = frame_find_by_id (bpt->watchpoint_frame);
7950 if (fr == NULL)
7951 {
7952 printf_filtered (_("\
7953 Cannot enable watchpoint %d because the block in which its expression\n\
7954 is valid is not currently in scope.\n"), bpt->number);
7955 return;
7956 }
7957 select_frame (fr);
7958 }
7959
7960 if (bpt->val)
7961 value_free (bpt->val);
7962 mark = value_mark ();
7963 fetch_watchpoint_value (bpt->exp, &bpt->val, NULL, NULL);
7964 if (bpt->val)
7965 release_value (bpt->val);
7966 bpt->val_valid = 1;
7967
7968 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
7969 bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
7970 bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
7971 {
7972 int i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bpt->type, &other_type_used);
7973 int mem_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bpt->val);
7974
7975 /* Hack around 'unused var' error for some targets here */
7976 (void) mem_cnt, (void) i;
7977 target_resources_ok = TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (
7978 bpt->type, i + mem_cnt, other_type_used);
7979 /* we can consider of type is bp_hardware_watchpoint, convert to
7980 bp_watchpoint in the following condition */
7981 if (target_resources_ok < 0)
7982 {
7983 printf_filtered (_("\
7984 Cannot enable watchpoint %d because target watch resources\n\
7985 have been allocated for other watchpoints.\n"), bpt->number);
7986 value_free_to_mark (mark);
7987 return;
7988 }
7989 }
7990
7991 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
7992 value_free_to_mark (mark);
7993 }
7994
7995 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
7996 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7997 bpt->disposition = disposition;
7998 update_global_location_list (1);
7999 breakpoints_changed ();
8000
8001 if (deprecated_modify_breakpoint_hook)
8002 deprecated_modify_breakpoint_hook (bpt);
8003 breakpoint_modify_event (bpt->number);
8004 }
8005
8006
8007 void
8008 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
8009 {
8010 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, bpt->disposition);
8011 }
8012
8013 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
8014 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
8015 in stopping the inferior. */
8016
8017 static void
8018 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8019 {
8020 struct breakpoint *bpt;
8021 if (args == 0)
8022 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
8023 switch (bpt->type)
8024 {
8025 case bp_none:
8026 warning (_("attempted to enable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
8027 bpt->number);
8028 continue;
8029 case bp_breakpoint:
8030 case bp_catch_load:
8031 case bp_catch_unload:
8032 case bp_catch_fork:
8033 case bp_catch_vfork:
8034 case bp_catch_exec:
8035 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
8036 case bp_watchpoint:
8037 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8038 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8039 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8040 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
8041 default:
8042 continue;
8043 }
8044 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
8045 {
8046 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
8047 if (loc)
8048 loc->enabled = 1;
8049 update_global_location_list (1);
8050 }
8051 else
8052 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_breakpoint);
8053 }
8054
8055 static void
8056 enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
8057 {
8058 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_disable);
8059 }
8060
8061 static void
8062 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8063 {
8064 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_once_breakpoint);
8065 }
8066
8067 static void
8068 enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
8069 {
8070 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_del);
8071 }
8072
8073 static void
8074 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8075 {
8076 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_delete_breakpoint);
8077 }
8078 \f
8079 static void
8080 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
8081 {
8082 }
8083
8084 static void
8085 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
8086 {
8087 }
8088
8089 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
8090
8091 struct symtabs_and_lines
8092 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int funfirstline)
8093 {
8094 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
8095 if (string == 0)
8096 error (_("Empty line specification."));
8097 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
8098 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
8099 default_breakpoint_symtab,
8100 default_breakpoint_line,
8101 (char ***) NULL, NULL);
8102 else
8103 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
8104 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
8105 if (*string)
8106 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
8107 return sals;
8108 }
8109
8110 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
8111 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
8112 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
8113 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
8114 someday. */
8115
8116 void *
8117 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR pc)
8118 {
8119 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
8120
8121 bp_tgt = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_target_info));
8122 memset (bp_tgt, 0, sizeof (struct bp_target_info));
8123
8124 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
8125 if (target_insert_breakpoint (bp_tgt) != 0)
8126 {
8127 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
8128 xfree (bp_tgt);
8129 return NULL;
8130 }
8131
8132 return bp_tgt;
8133 }
8134
8135 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
8136
8137 int
8138 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (void *bp)
8139 {
8140 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
8141 int ret;
8142
8143 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (bp_tgt);
8144 xfree (bp_tgt);
8145
8146 return ret;
8147 }
8148
8149 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single stepping. */
8150
8151 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
8152
8153 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
8154
8155 void
8156 insert_single_step_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR next_pc)
8157 {
8158 void **bpt_p;
8159
8160 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
8161 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
8162 else
8163 {
8164 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
8165 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
8166 }
8167
8168 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would be
8169 to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on the
8170 breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint. We could
8171 adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing this requires
8172 corresponding changes elsewhere where single step breakpoints are
8173 handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
8174
8175 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (next_pc);
8176 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
8177 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at 0x%s"),
8178 paddr_nz (next_pc));
8179 }
8180
8181 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
8182
8183 void
8184 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
8185 {
8186 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
8187
8188 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
8189 call. */
8190 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_breakpoints[0]);
8191 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
8192
8193 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
8194 {
8195 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_breakpoints[1]);
8196 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
8197 }
8198 }
8199
8200 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at PC. */
8201
8202 static int
8203 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
8204 {
8205 int i;
8206
8207 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
8208 {
8209 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
8210 if (bp_tgt && bp_tgt->placed_address == pc)
8211 return 1;
8212 }
8213
8214 return 0;
8215 }
8216
8217 int breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
8218 {
8219 return always_inserted_mode;
8220 }
8221
8222 \f
8223 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak commands.
8224 It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
8225 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the command. */
8226 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
8227 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
8228 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
8229 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
8230 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
8231 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
8232 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of selected stack frame.\n\
8233 This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
8234 \n\
8235 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
8236 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
8237 \n\
8238 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if conditional.\n\
8239 \n\
8240 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
8241
8242 void
8243 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
8244 {
8245 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
8246 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
8247 struct cmd_list_element *c;
8248
8249 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
8250
8251 breakpoint_chain = 0;
8252 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
8253 before a breakpoint is set. */
8254 breakpoint_count = 0;
8255
8256 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
8257 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
8258 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
8259 if (xdb_commands)
8260 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
8261
8262 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
8263 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
8264 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
8265 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
8266 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
8267 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
8268 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
8269 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
8270
8271 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
8272 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
8273 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
8274 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
8275
8276 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
8277 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
8278 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
8279 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
8280 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
8281 \n"
8282 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
8283 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8284
8285 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
8286 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
8287 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
8288 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
8289 \n"
8290 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
8291 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8292
8293 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
8294 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
8295 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
8296 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
8297 \n"
8298 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
8299 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8300
8301 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8302 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8303 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8304 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
8305 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8306 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
8307 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
8308 if (xdb_commands)
8309 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8310 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8311 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8312 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
8313 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8314 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
8315
8316 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8317
8318 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8319 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8320 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8321 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8322 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
8323 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
8324
8325 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
8326 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8327 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
8328 &enablebreaklist);
8329
8330 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
8331 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8332 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
8333 &enablebreaklist);
8334
8335 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
8336 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8337 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
8338 &enablelist);
8339
8340 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
8341 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8342 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
8343 &enablelist);
8344
8345 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
8346 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8347 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8348 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8349 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."),
8350 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
8351 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8352 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8353 if (xdb_commands)
8354 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
8355 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8356 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8357 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8358 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."));
8359
8360 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
8361 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8362 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8363 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8364 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\
8365 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
8366 &disablelist);
8367
8368 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
8369 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
8370 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8371 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8372 \n\
8373 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
8374 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
8375 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
8376 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
8377 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
8378 if (xdb_commands)
8379 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
8380 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
8381 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8382 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
8383
8384 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
8385 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
8386 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8387 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8388 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
8389 &deletelist);
8390
8391 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
8392 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
8393 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
8394 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
8395 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
8396 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
8397 \n\
8398 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
8399 is executing in.\n\
8400 \n\
8401 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
8402
8403 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
8404 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
8405 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
8406 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8407
8408 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
8409 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
8410 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
8411 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
8412
8413 if (xdb_commands)
8414 {
8415 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
8416 add_com_alias ("bu", "ubreak", class_breakpoint, 1);
8417 }
8418
8419 if (dbx_commands)
8420 {
8421 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
8422 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
8423 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
8424 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
8425 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
8426 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
8427 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
8428 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
8429 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8430 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8431 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8432 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8433 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8434 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8435 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8436 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8437 \n\
8438 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8439 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8440 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8441 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8442 breakpoint set."));
8443 }
8444
8445 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
8446 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8447 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8448 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8449 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8450 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8451 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8452 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8453 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8454 \n\
8455 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8456 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8457 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8458 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8459 breakpoint set."));
8460
8461 if (xdb_commands)
8462 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
8463 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8464 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8465 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8466 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8467 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8468 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8469 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8470 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8471 \n\
8472 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8473 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8474 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8475 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8476 breakpoint set."));
8477
8478 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
8479 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8480 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8481 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8482 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8483 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
8484 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
8485 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
8486 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
8487 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8488 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8489 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8490 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8491 \n\
8492 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8493 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8494 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8495 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8496 breakpoint set."),
8497 &maintenanceinfolist);
8498
8499 add_com ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
8500 Set catchpoints to catch events.\n\
8501 Raised signals may be caught:\n\
8502 \tcatch signal - all signals\n\
8503 \tcatch signal <signame> - a particular signal\n\
8504 Raised exceptions may be caught:\n\
8505 \tcatch throw - all exceptions, when thrown\n\
8506 \tcatch throw <exceptname> - a particular exception, when thrown\n\
8507 \tcatch catch - all exceptions, when caught\n\
8508 \tcatch catch <exceptname> - a particular exception, when caught\n\
8509 Thread or process events may be caught:\n\
8510 \tcatch thread_start - any threads, just after creation\n\
8511 \tcatch thread_exit - any threads, just before expiration\n\
8512 \tcatch thread_join - any threads, just after joins\n\
8513 Process events may be caught:\n\
8514 \tcatch start - any processes, just after creation\n\
8515 \tcatch exit - any processes, just before expiration\n\
8516 \tcatch fork - calls to fork()\n\
8517 \tcatch vfork - calls to vfork()\n\
8518 \tcatch exec - calls to exec()\n\
8519 Dynamically-linked library events may be caught:\n\
8520 \tcatch load - loads of any library\n\
8521 \tcatch load <libname> - loads of a particular library\n\
8522 \tcatch unload - unloads of any library\n\
8523 \tcatch unload <libname> - unloads of a particular library\n\
8524 The act of your program's execution stopping may also be caught:\n\
8525 \tcatch stop\n\n\
8526 C++ exceptions may be caught:\n\
8527 \tcatch throw - all exceptions, when thrown\n\
8528 \tcatch catch - all exceptions, when caught\n\
8529 Ada exceptions may be caught:\n\
8530 \tcatch exception - all exceptions, when raised\n\
8531 \tcatch exception <name> - a particular exception, when raised\n\
8532 \tcatch exception unhandled - all unhandled exceptions, when raised\n\
8533 \tcatch assert - all failed assertions, when raised\n\
8534 \n\
8535 Do \"help set follow-fork-mode\" for info on debugging your program\n\
8536 after a fork or vfork is caught.\n\n\
8537 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."));
8538
8539 add_com ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
8540 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events.\n\
8541 Args like \"catch\" command.\n\
8542 Like \"catch\" except the catchpoint is only temporary,\n\
8543 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"catch\" followed\n\
8544 by using \"enable delete\" on the catchpoint number."));
8545
8546 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
8547 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8548 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8549 an expression changes."));
8550 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
8551
8552 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
8553 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8554 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8555 an expression is read."));
8556 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
8557
8558 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
8559 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8560 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8561 an expression is either read or written."));
8562 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
8563
8564 add_info ("watchpoints", breakpoints_info,
8565 _("Synonym for ``info breakpoints''."));
8566
8567
8568 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
8569 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
8570 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
8571 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
8572 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
8573 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
8574 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
8575 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
8576 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
8577 hardware.)"),
8578 NULL,
8579 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
8580 &setlist, &showlist);
8581
8582 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
8583
8584 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
8585 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
8586 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
8587 pending breakpoint behavior"),
8588 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
8589 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
8590 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
8591 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
8592 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
8593 pending breakpoint behavior"),
8594 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
8595 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
8596
8597 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
8598 &pending_break_support, _("\
8599 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
8600 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
8601 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
8602 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
8603 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
8604 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
8605 NULL,
8606 show_pending_break_support,
8607 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
8608 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
8609
8610 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
8611
8612 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
8613 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
8614 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
8615 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
8616 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
8617 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
8618 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
8619 NULL,
8620 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
8621 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
8622 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
8623
8624 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
8625 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
8626 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
8627 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
8628 When this mode is off (which is the default), breakpoints are inserted in\n\
8629 inferior when it is resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this\n\
8630 mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when\n\
8631 the user deletes the breakpoint."),
8632 NULL,
8633 &show_always_inserted_mode,
8634 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
8635 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
8636
8637 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
8638 }